Selection Guide
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Bulletin Numbers 140G, 140MG
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
What’s Inside
Topic
Page
Overview
3
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
7
Product Selection - Molded Case Switches
43
Product Selection - Motor Circuit Protectors
45
Product Selection - Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
51
Product Selection - Mounting System Modules
55
Accessories
57
Replacement Parts
73
Specifications
77
Approximate Dimensions
83
Summary of Changes
This publications reflects additions and corrections of product information throughout.
Additional Resources
These documents contain additional information concerning related products from Rockwell Automation.
Resource
Description
Circuit Breaker Protection for Automation Systems, publication 140G-BR001
Overview of full line of Allen-Bradley circuit breaker offerings.
Bulletin 140G/MG Molded Case Circuit Breaker specifications, publication 140G-TD047
Provides specifications and dimensions for molded case circuit breakers.
Circuit Breaker Selectivity Guide, publication 140G-TD050
Aids in selecting circuit breaker pairs for line and load side protection.
Bul. 140G Circuit Breakers/Protectors Tech Data, publication 140G-TD100
Provides overview of 140G/MG circuit breakers and trip curves.
Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines, publication 1770-4.1
Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system.
Product Certifications website, http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/certification/
overview.page
Provides declarations of conformity, certificates, and other certification details.
You can view or download publications at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/literature-library/overview.page. To
order paper copies of technical documentation, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor or Rockwell Automation sales
representative.
2
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Overview
Overview
The Bulletin 140G family of Molded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs) offers a wide range of features include thermal/magnetic and
electronic protection devices, high interrupting/breaking capacities and complete line of factory and field installed accessories.
The Bulletin 140G MCCBs are ideal for use in line protection of control panels.
Molded case circuit breakers have the following features:
• 10…3000 A current range
• 3- and 4-pole devices
• Space-saving dimensions
• End cap/bolt-on terminals are standard
• Thermal/Magnetic protection: 15…800 A
• Electronic protection: 10…3000 A
• Approved for global application: UL, CSA, CCC, and IEC performance interrupting/breaking capacity
• Wide range of mounting options
• Extensive range of factory- or field-installed accessories
Standards Compliance and Certifications
Standards Compliance
Certifications
IEC 60947-2
CE Marked
UL489
CCC
CSA22.2, No. 5
CSA Certified
UL Listed
HACR Type
G-Frame
H-Frame
I-Frame
J-Frame
K-Frame
M-Frame
N-, NS-Frame
R-Frame
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
3
Overview
Product Overview
Frame Size
G-Frame
Rated Current In
No. of Poles
125 A (160A - IEC) 125 A (160A - IEC)
3, 4
3, 4
I-Frame
J-Frame
K-Frame
M-Frame
N-Frame
NS-Frame
R-Frame
225 A
3, 4
250 A
3, 4
400 A
3, 4
800 A
3, 4
1200 A
3, 4
1200…1250 A
3, 4
2000…3000 A
3, 4
130
150
160
205
268
268
268
382
90
105
105
139.5
210
210
210
428
120
140
140
186
280
280
280
554
82.5
70
82.5
103.5
103.5
125
125
231
65 100 150 200 200
25 35 65 100 150
14 18 25 35 42
—
50 65
25 35
10 10
—
65 100 150 200
25 35 65 100
14 18 25 35
—
100 150 200 200
35 65 100 150
25 35 65 100
—
100 200 200
50 65 100
25 35 42
—
65 100 150
50 65 100
25 50 65
—
65 100 150
50 65 100
25 50 65
—
125
125
100
—
65 85 100
36 50 70
30 36 50
6 8 10
36 50 10
36 50 70
—
65 85 100 150 200
36 50 70 120 150
36 50 65 100 150
10 12 15 18 20
36 50 70 85 100
36 50 70 85 100
—
65 85
36 50
36 40
36 50
36 50
36 50
—
65 85 100 150
36 50 70 120
36 50 65 100
10 12 15 18
36 50 70 85
36 50 70 85
—
85 100 150 200
50 70 120 150
40 65 100 180
25 40 70 80
—
36 50 70 100
—
70 100 200
36 70 100
35 50 65
20 25 30
—
—
36 50 70
85 100 200
50 70 120
50 65 100
30 42 50
—
—
—
85 100 200
50 70 120
50 65 100
30 42 50
—
—
—
130
80
80
40
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
—
—
✓
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Dimensions (mm
130
Height
Width,
76.2
3-Pole
Width, 
101.2
4-Pole
70
Depth
Interrupting Rating [kA]
240V
480V
600V
600Y/347V
H-Frame
50 65 100
25 35 65
—
10 14 25
Breaking Capacity Icu [kA]
220…240V
415V
440V
690V
250V DC
500V DC
750V DC
Protection Type:
Thermal
Magnetic
Electronic
(LSI,LSIG)
Molded Case
Switch
MCP
MPCB
—
Internal Accessories
Auxiliary Contact
Alarm Contact
AX/AL Combo
TU Contact
Shunt Trip
Shunt Close
UV Relay
Field Installable
4
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Overview
Frame Size
G-Frame
H-Frame
I-Frame
J-Frame
K-Frame
M-Frame
N-Frame
NS-Frame
R-Frame
External Accessories
End Cap (Bolton) Terminals
Terminal Lugs
Multi-cable
Terminal Lugs
Extended
Terminal
Spreader
Terminal
Rear Terminal
25 mm Phase
barriers
Extended Phase
barriers
Back Plates
DIN Mounting
Padlock
Terminal Cover
Direct Rotary
Variable Depth
(Door)
Internal NFPA 79
Flange Operator
Flange Cable
Motor Operator
Residual Current
Neutral Current
Field Installable
standard
standard
standard
standard
standard
standard
standard
standard
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
standard
standard
standard
standard
standard
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
standard
standard
standard
standard
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
standard
—
standard
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
—
—
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
✓
5
Overview
Notes:
6
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
125 A, G-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies with Factory-Installed Options
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks™ to configure the molded
case circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release
units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker catalog
number selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available
from http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be
ordered separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
140G
Description
Global Molded Case Circuit Breaker
e
No. of Poles
Code Description
3
3 poles
4
4 poles
–
G
b
6
c
b
Frame/Rating
Code
G
f
Current Range
Code
Description
C
e.g., C30 = 30 A
D
e.g., D16 = 160 A
Description
125 A
C
d
4
e
–
C70
f
–
SD
g
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
2
25 kA
3
35 kA
6
65 kA
–
KA
g
d
Protection Type
Code
C
E
S
Description
Fixed thermal/fixed magnetic
Adjust thermal/fixed magnetic
Molded case switch (Isolator)
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
KA
1 Aux. Contact, 250V
SK
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
BA
2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
KJ
1 Aux. Contact, 24V
SB
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
SC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
UR
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Digit
No Selection
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
7
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers—125 A, G-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60
Hz), UL 489/
CSA C22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V 480V 600Y/
347V
50
65
100
25
35
65
10
14
25
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
Breaking Capacity (DC),
IEC 60947-2
Icu [kA]/Ic s %
220V(2)
415V
440V(2)
250V DC
500V DC
(2- pole in series) (3- pole in series)
Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu] Icu [kA] Ics [%Icu]
100
65
75
36
100
36
50
6
75
36
100
36
85
75
50
75
50
50
8
50
50
100
50
100
75
100
75
70
50
65
50
10
50
70
75
70
Interrupting
Code(1)
690V
G2
G3
G6
(1) See tables on the following pages for Cat. No. selection.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed Thermal-Fixed Magnetic
Rated
Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A]
Ir = In (Fixed)
Im
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
45
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
160(1)
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
45
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
600
630
700
800
900
1000
1100
1250
1600
(2)
Interrupting Code G2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-G2C3-C15 140G-G2C4-C15
140G-G2C3-C16 140G-G2C4-C16
140G-G2C3-C20 140G-G2C4-C20
140G-G2C3-C25 140G-G2C4-C25
140G-G2C3-C30 140G-G2C4-C30
140G-G2C3-C32 140G-G2C4-C32
140G-G2C3-C35 140G-G2C4-C35
140G-G2C3-C40 140G-G2C4-C40
140G-G2C3-C45 140G-G2C4-C45
140G-G2C3-C50 140G-G2C4-C50
140G-G2C3-C60 140G-G2C4-C60
140G-G2C3-C63 140G-G2C4-C63
140G-G2C3-C70 140G-G2C4-C70
140G-G2C3-C80 140G-G2C4-C80
140G-G2C3-C90 140G-G2C4-C90
140G-G2C3-D10 140G-G2C4-D10
140G-G2C3-D11 140G-G2C4-D11
140G-G2C3-D12 140G-G2C4-D12
140G-G2E3-D16 140G-G2E4-D16
Interrupting Code G3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-G3C3-C15 140G-G3C4-C15
140G-G3C3-C16 140G-G3C4-C16
140G-G3C3-C20 140G-G3C4-C20
140G-G3C3-C25 140G-G3C4-C25
140G-G3C3-C30 140G-G3C4-C30
140G-G3C3-C32 140G-G3C4-C32
140G-G3C3-C35 140G-G3C4-C35
140G-G3C3-C40 140G-G3C4-C40
140G-G3C3-C45 140G-G3C4-C45
140G-G3C3-C50 140G-G3C4-C50
140G-G3C3-C60 140G-G3C4-C60
140G-G3C3-C63 140G-G3C4-C63
140G-G3C3-C70 140G-G3C4-C70
140G-G3C3-C80 140G-G3C4-C80
140G-G3C3-C90 140G-G3C4-C90
140G-G3C3-D10 140G-G3C4-D10
140G-G3C3-D11 140G-G3C4-D11
140G-G3C3-D12 140G-G3C4-D12
140G-G3E3-D16 140G-G3E4-D16
(1) IEC only.
(2) Adjustable thermal trip. 112 A min., 136 A med., 160 A max.
8
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Interrupting Code G6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-G6C3-C15 140G-G6C4-C15
140G-G6C3-C16 140G-G6C4-C16
140G-G6C3-C20 140G-G6C4-C20
140G-G6C3-C25 140G-G6C4-C25
140G-G6C3-C30 140G-G6C4-C30
140G-G6C3-C32 140G-G6C4-C32
140G-G6C3-C35 140G-G6C4-C35
140G-G6C3-C40 140G-G6C4-C40
140G-G6C3-C45 140G-G6C4-C45
140G-G6C3-C50 140G-G6C4-C50
140G-G6C3-C60 140G-G6C4-C60
140G-G6C3-C63 140G-G6C4-C63
140G-G6C3-C70 140G-G6C4-C70
140G-G6C3-C80 140G-G6C4-C80
140G-G6C3-C90 140G-G6C4-C90
140G-G6C3-D10 140G-G6C4-D10
140G-G6C3-D11 140G-G6C4-D11
140G-G6C3-D12 140G-G6C4-D12
140G-G6E3-D16 140G-G6E4-D16
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
125 A, H-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 125 A, H-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded case
circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units,
auxiliary contacts, trip units, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no.
selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from http://
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered
separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
–
H
b
a
Bulletin Number
b
Frame/Rating
Code
Description
140G Global Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Code Description
H
125 A
e
No. of Poles
Code Description
3
3 poles
4
4 poles
f
Current Range
Code Description
C
e.g., C30 = 30 A
D e.g., D16 = 160 A
Blank
Frame only
3
c
C
d
3
e
–
C60
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
2
25 kA
3
35 kA
6
65 kA
0
100 kA
15
150 kA
T
Trip unit
–
SD
g
–
AA
g
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
C
Fixed thermal/fixed magnetic
F
Adjust thermal/ adjust magnetic
H
Electronic LSI- long, short, instant
I
Electronic LSIG -Long, short instant, & ground fault
X
Breaker frame
S
Molded case switch (isolator)
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Auxiliary
Code
Description
Code
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
KA
SK
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
AA
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
BA
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
DA
SB
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
FB
SC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
AB
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
KJ
UR
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
AJ
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110… 125V DC
DJ
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220… 250V DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Digit
No Selection
and Alarm Contacts, Trip Units
Description
1 Aux. Contact, 250V
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 250V
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
1 Aux. Contact, 24V
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 24V
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
9
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Breaker Frames & Trip Units
=
+
Frame
MCCB
Trip Unit
Breaker Frames, 125 A Rated Current
Interrupting Rating (50/
60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA](1)
240V 480V 600V
65
100
150
200
200
25
35
65
100
150
14
18
25
35
42
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(2)
Breaking Capacity (DC), IEC
60947-2 (1)
440V(2)
415V
690V
250V DC
(2- pole in series)
Cat. No.
500V DC
(3 Poles in series)
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
65
85
100
150
200
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
120
150
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
65
100
150
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100
[kA]
10
12
15
18
20
[%Icu]
100
100
100
75
75
[kA]
36
50
70
85
100
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
85
100
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
100
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H2X3 140G-H2X4
140G-H3X3 140G-H3X4
140G-H6X3 140G-H6X4
140G-H0X3 140G-H0X4
140G-H15X3 140G-H15X4
(1) DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Trip Units, Thermal-Magnetic
Rated Current In
[A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A]
Ir
Im
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
50
60
63
70
56...80
63…90
70…100
77…110
87…125
500
600
630
700
400…800
450…900
500…1000
550…1100
625…1250
Protection Type
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
Cat. No.
3 Poles
140G-HTC3-C50
140G-HTC3-C60
140G-HTC3-C63
140G-HTC3-C70
140G-HTF3-C80
140G-HTF3-C90
140G-HTF3-D10
140G-HTF3-D11
140G-HTF3-D12
4 Poles
140G-HTC4-C50
140G-HTC4-C60
140G-HTC4-C63
140G-HTC4-C70
140G-HTF4-C80
140G-HTF4-C90
140G-HTF4-D10
140G-HTF4-D11
140G-HTF4-D12
Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current In
[A]
60
100
125
10
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
24…60
40…100
50…125
Cat. No.
S
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
I2=1…10 x In
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
t2=sec.
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…10 x In
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-HTH3-C60
140G-HTH3-D10
140G-HTH3-D12
140G-HTH4-C60
140G-HTH4-D10
140G-HTH4-D12
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Trip Units, Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current
In [A]
60
100
125
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
24…60
40…100
50…125
Cat. No.
S
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
I2=1…10 x In
I
t2=sec.
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
G
I3=1…10 x In
I4=0.2…1 x In
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
12…60
20…100
25…125
3 Poles
t4=sec.
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
4 Poles
140G-HTI3-C60 140G-HTI4-C60
140G-HTI3-D10 140G-HTI4-D10
140G-HTI3-D12 140G-HTI4-D12
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 125 A, H-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
Interrupting Rating
(50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
480V
600V
220V(2)
Breaking Capacity (DC),
IEC 60947-2
440V(2)
415V
690V
250V DC (2 Poles in
series)
Interrupting
Code(1)
500V DC (3 Poles in
series)
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
[%Icu]
[kA]
[%Icu]
[kA]
[%Icu]
[kA]
[%Icu]
[kA]
[%Icu]
[kA]
[%Icu]
65
100
36
100
36
100
10
100
36
100
36
100
H2
65
25
14
100
35
18
85
100
50
100
50
100
12
100
50
100
50
100
H3
150
65
25
100
100
70
100
65
100
15
100
70
100
70
100
H6
200
100
35
150
100
120
100
100
100
18
75
85
100
85
100
H0
200
150
42
200
100
150
100
150
100
20
75
100
100
100
100
H15
(1) See tables on page 11 for Cat. No. selection.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed & Adjustable
Rated Current In
[A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A]
Ir
Im
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
160(1)
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
56...80
63…90
70…100
77…110
87…125
112…160
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
500
600
630
700
400…800
450…900
500…1000
550…1100
625…1250
800…1600
Interrupting Code H2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H2C3-C15 140G-H2C4-C15
140G-H2C3-C16 140G-H2C4-C16
140G-H2C3-C20 140G-H2C4-C20
140G-H2C3-C25 140G-H2C4-C25
140G-H2C3-C30 140G-H2C4-C30
140G-H2C3-C32 140G-H2C4-C32
140G-H2C3-C35 140G-H2C4-C35
140G-H2C3-C40 140G-H2C4-C40
140G-H2C3-C50 140G-H2C4-C50
140G-H2C3-C60 140G-H2C4-C60
140G-H2C3-C63 140G-H2C4-C63
140G-H2C3-C70 140G-H2C4-C70
140G-H2F3-C80 140G-H2F4-C80
140G-H2F3-C90 140G-H2F4-C90
140G-H2F3-D10 140G-H2F4-D10
140G-H2F3-D11 140G-H2F4-D11
140G-H2F3-D12 140G-H2F4-D12
140G-H2F3-D16 140G-H2F4-D16
Interrupting Code H3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H3C3-C15 140G-H3C4-C15
140G-H3C3-C16 140G-H3C4-C16
140G-H3C3-C20 140G-H3C4-C20
140G-H3C3-C25 140G-H3C4-C25
140G-H3C3-C30 140G-H3C4-C30
140G-H3C3-C32 140G-H3C4-C32
140G-H3C3-C35 140G-H3C4-C35
140G-H3C3-C40 140G-H3C4-C40
140G-H3C3-C50 140G-H3C4-C50
140G-H3C3-C60 140G-H3C4-C60
140G-H3C3-C63 140G-H3C4-C63
140G-H3C3-C70 140G-H3C4-C70
140G-H3F3-C80 140G-H3F4-C80
140G-H3F3-C90 140G-H3F4-C90
140G-H3F3-D10 140G-H3F4-D10
140G-H3F3-D11 140G-H3F4-D11
140G-H3F3-D12 140G-H3F4-D12
140G-H3F3-D16 140G-H3F4-D16
Interrupting Code H6
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H6C3-C15 140G-H6C4-C15
140G-H6C3-C16 140G-H6C4-C16
140G-H6C3-C20 140G-H6C4-C20
140G-H6C3-C25 140G-H6C4-C25
140G-H6C3-C30 140G-H6C4-C30
140G-H6C3-C32 140G-H6C4-C32
140G-H6C3-C35 140G-H6C4-C35
140G-H6C3-C40 140G-H6C4-C40
140G-H6C3-C50 140G-H6C4-C50
140G-H6C3-C60 140G-H6C4-C60
140G-H6C3-C63 140G-H6C4-C63
140G-H6C3-C70 140G-H6C4-C70
140G-H6F3-C80 140G-H6F4-C80
140G-H6F3-C90 140G-H6F4-C90
140G-H6F3-D10 140G-H6F4-D10
140G-H6F3-D11 140G-H6F4-D11
140G-H6F3-D12 140G-H6F4-D12
140G-H6F3-D16 140G-H6F4-D16
(1) IEC only.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
11
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed & Adjustable
Rated
Current In
[A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A]
Ir
Im
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
160(1)
15
16
20
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
56...80
63…90
70…100
77…110
84…120
112…160
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
500
600
630
700
400…800
450…900
500…1000
550…1100
625…1250
800…1600
Interrupting Code H0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H0C3-C15
140G-H0C4-C15
140G-H0C3-C16
140G-H0C4-C16
140G-H0C3-C20
140G-H0C4-C20
140G-H0C3-C25
140G-H0C4-C25
140G-H0C3-C30
140G-H0C4-C30
140G-H0C3-C32
140G-H0C4-C32
140G-H0C3-C35
140G-H0C4-C35
140G-H0C3-C40
140G-H0C4-C40
140G-H0C3-C50
140G-H0C4-C50
140G-H0C3-C60
140G-H0C4-C60
140G-H0C3-C63
140G-H0C4-C63
140G-H0C3-C70
140G-H0C4-C70
140G-H0F3-C80
140G-H0F4-C80
140G-H0F3-C90
140G-H0F4-C90
140G-H0F3-D10
140G-H0F4-D10
140G-H0F3-D11
140G-H0F4-D11
140G-H0F3-D12
140G-H0F4-D12
140G-H0F3-D16
140G-H0F4-D16
Interrupting Code H15
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H15C3-C15
140G-H15C4-C15
140G-H15C3-C16
140G-H15C4-C16
140G-H15C3-C20
140G-H15C4-C20
140G-H15C3-C25
140G-H15C4-C25
140G-H15C3-C30
140G-H15C4-C30
140G-H15C3-C32
140G-H15C4-C32
140G-H15C3-C35
140G-H15C4-C35
140G-H15C3-C40
140G-H15C4-C40
140G-H15C3-C50
140G-H15C4-C50
140G-H15C3-C60
140G-H15C4-C60
140G-H15C3-C63
140G-H15C4-C63
140G-H15C3-C70
140G-H15C4-C70
140G-H15F3-C80
140G-H15F4-C80
140G-H15F3-C90
140G-H15F4-C90
140G-H15F3-D10
140G-H15F4-D10
140G-H15F3-D11
140G-H15F4-D11
140G-H15F3-D12
140G-H15F4-D12
140G-H15F3-D16
140G-H15F4-D16
(1) IEC only.
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Electronic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
480V
600V
65
100
150
200
200
25
35
65
100
150
14
18
25
35
42
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(2)
Ics [%Icu]
Icu [kA]
65
100
85
100
100
100
150
100
200
100
415V
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
36
50
70
120
150
100
100
100
100
100
440V(2)
Ics [%Icu]
Icu [kA]
36
100
50
100
65
100
100
100
150
100
Interrupting
Code(1)
690V
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
10
12
15
18
20
100
100
100
75
75
H2
H3
H6
H0
H15
(1) See tables on the following pages for Cat. No. selection.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current
In [A]
25
60
100
125
160(1)
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
10…25
24…60
40…100
50…125
64…160
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
Protection Type
S
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
25…250
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
60…600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
100…1000
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
125…1250
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
160…1600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…10 x In
25…250
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
160…1600
Interrupting Code H2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H2H3-C25 140G-H2H4-C25
140G-H2H3-C60 140G-H2H4-C60
140G-H2H3-D10 140G-H2H4-D10
140G-H2H3-D12 140G-H2H4-D12
140G-H2H3-D16 140G-H2H4-D16
(1) IEC only.
12
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Interrupting Code H3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H3H3-C25 140G-H3H4-C25
140G-H3H3-C60 140G-H3H4-C60
140G-H3H3-D10 140G-H3H4-D10
140G-H3H3-D12 140G-H3H4-D12
140G-H3H3-D16 140G-H3H4-D16
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current
In [A]
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
Protection Type
S
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
25…250
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
60…600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
100…1000
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
125…1250
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
160…1600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…10 x In
25…250
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
160…1600
Interrupting Code H0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H0H3-C25 140G-H0H4-C25
140G-H0H3-C60 140G-H0H4-C60
140G-H0H3-D10 140G-H0H4-D10
140G-H0H3-D12 140G-H0H4-D12
140G-H0H3-D16 140G-H0H4-D16
Interrupting Code H15
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H15H3-C25 140G-H15H4-C25
140G-H15H3-C60 140G-H15H4-C60
140G-H15H3-D10 140G-H15H4-D10
140G-H15H3-D12 140G-H15H4-D12
140G-H15H3-D16 140G-H15H4-D16
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
Protection Type
S
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
25…250
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
60…600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
100…1000
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
125…1250
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
160…1600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…10 x In
25…250
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
160…1600
Interrupting Code H0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H0H3-C25 140G-H0H4-C25
140G-H0H3-C60 140G-H0H4-C60
140G-H0H3-D10 140G-H0H4-D10
140G-H0H3-D12 140G-H0H4-D12
140G-H0H3-D16 140G-H0H4-D16
Interrupting Code H15
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H15H3-C25 140G-H15H4-C25
140G-H15H3-C60 140G-H15H4-C60
140G-H15H3-D10 140G-H15H4-D10
140G-H15H3-D12 140G-H15H4-D12
140G-H15H3-D16 140G-H15H4-D16
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
25
60
100
125
160(1)
10…25
24…60
40…100
50…125
64…160
(1) IEC only.
Rated
Current
In [A]
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
25
60
100
125
160(1)
(1)
10…25
24…60
40…100
50…125
64…160
IEC only.
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current
In [A]
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
25
60
100
125
160(1)
10…25
24…60
40…100
50…125
64…160
t1=sec.
I2=1…
10 x In
Protection Type
S
t2=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60 25…250 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 60…600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 100…1000 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 125…1250 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 160…1600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…
10 x In
25…250
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
160…1600
Interrupting Code H2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
5…25
12…60
20…100
25…125
32…160
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-H2I3-C25
140G-H2I3-C60
140G-H2I3-D10
140G-H2I3-D12
140G-H2I3-D16
Interrupting Code H3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H2I4-C25
140G-H2I4-C60
140G-H2I4-D10
140G-H2I4-D12
140G-H2I4-D16
140G-H3I3-C25
140G-H3I3-C60
140G-H3I3-D10
140G-H3I3-D12
140G-H3I3-D16
140G-H3I4-C25
140G-H3I4-C60
140G-H3I4-D10
140G-H3I4-D12
140G-H3I4-D16
(1) IEC only.
Rated
Current
In [A]
25
60
100
125
160(1)
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
10…25
24…60
40…100
50…125
64…160
S
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
I2=1…10 x In
25…250
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
160…1600
G
I
t2=sec.
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I3=1…10 x In
I4=0.2…1 x In
25…250
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
160…1600
5…25
12…60
20…100
25…125
32…160
t4=sec.
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code H6
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H6I3-C25 140G-H6I4-C25
140G-H6I3-C60 140G-H6I4-C60
140G-H6I3-D10 140G-H6I4-D10
140G-H6I3-D12 140G-H6I4-D12
140G-H6I3-D16 140G-H6I4-D16
(1) IEC only.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
13
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current
In [A]
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
25
60
100
125
160(1)
10…25
24…60
40…100
50…125
64…160
t1=sec.
I2=1…
10 x In
Protection Type
S
t2=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60 25…250 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 60…600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 100…1000 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 125…1250 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 160…1600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…
10 x In
25…250
60…600
100…1000
125…1250
160…1600
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
5…25
12…60
20…100
25…125
32…160
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code H0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H0I3-C25
140G-H0I3-C60
140G-H0I3-D10
140G-H0I3-D12
140G-H0I3-D16
(1) IEC only.
14
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
140G-H0I4-C25
140G-H0I4-C60
140G-H0I4-D10
140G-H0I4-D12
140G-H0I4-D16
Interrupting Code H15
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-H15I3-C25
140G-H15I3-C60
140G-H15I3-D10
140G-H15I3-D12
140G-H15I3-D16
140G-H15I4-C25
140G-H15I4-C60
140G-H15I4-D10
140G-H15I4-D12
140G-H15I4-D16
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
225 A I-Frame Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 225 A, I-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded case
circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units,
auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no. selected on
the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from http://
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered
separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
Description
140G Global Molded Case Circuit Breaker
e
No. of Poles
Code Description
3
3 poles
4
4 poles
–
I
b
b
Frame/Rating
Code
I
f
Current Range
Code Description
C
e.g., C30 = 30 A
D e.g., D16 = 160 A
Description
225 A
3
c
C
d
3
e
–
C60
f
–
SA
g
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
2
25 kA
3
35 kA
–
KA
g
d
Protection Type
Code
C
S
Description
Fixed thermal/fixed magnetic
Molded case switch (Isolator)
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
KA
1 Aux. Contact, 250V
SK
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
BA
2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
KJ
1 Aux. Contact, 24V
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
SB
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
SG
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
UR
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Digit
No Selection
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
15
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 225 A I-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
Interrupting Rating
(50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V 480V
600Y/
347V
50
65
25
35
10
10
220V(2)
Breaking Capacity (DC),
IEC 60947-2
440V(2)
415V
690V
250V DC
(2 Poles in series)
Interrupting
Code(1)
500V DC
(3 Poles in series)
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
50
85
[%Icu]
75
50
[kA]
36
50
[%Icu]
75
50
[kA]
25
40
[%Icu]
75
50
[kA]
5
6
[%Icu]
50
50
[kA]
36
50
[%Icu]
100
75
[kA]
36
50
[%Icu]
100
75
I2
I3
(1) See tables on the following pages for Cat. No. selection.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed
Rated Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Ir = In (Fixed)
Magnetic Trip [A]
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
175
200
225
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
175
200
225
600
630
700
800
900
1000
1100
1250
1500
1600
1750
2000
2250
16
Im
Interrupting Code I2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-I2C3-C60
140G-I2C4-C60
140G-I2C3-C63
140G-I2C4-C63
140G-I2C3-C70
140G-I2C4-C70
140G-I2C3-C80
140G-I2C4-C80
140G-I2C3-C90
140G-I2C4-C90
140G-I2C3-D10
140G-I2C4-D10
140G-I2C3-D11
140G-I2C4-D11
140G-I2C3-D12
140G-I2C4-D12
140G-I2C3-D15
140G-I2C4-D15
140G-I2C3-D16
140G-I2C4-D16
140G-I2C3-D17
140G-I2C4-D17
140G-I2C3-D20
140G-I2C4-D20
140G-I2C3-D22
140G-I2C4-D22
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Interrupting Code I3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-I3C3-C60
140G-I3C4-C60
140G-I3C3-C63
140G-I3C4-C63
140G-I3C3-C70
140G-I3C4-C70
140G-I3C3-C80
140G-I3C4-C80
140G-I3C3-C90
140G-I3C4-C90
140G-I3C3-D10
140G-I3C4-D10
140G-I3C3-D11
140G-I3C4-D11
140G-I3C3-D12
140G-I3C4-D12
140G-I3C3-D15
140G-I3C4-D15
140G-I3C3-D16
140G-I3C4-D16
140G-I3C3-D17
140G-I3C4-D17
140G-I3C3-D20
140G-I3C4-D20
140G-I3C3-D22
140G-I3C4-D22
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
250 A, J-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 250 A, J-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded case
circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units,
auxiliary contacts, trip units, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no.
selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from http://
www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered
separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
J
b
b
Frame/Rating
Code
Description
140G
Global Molded Case Circuit
Breaker
e
No. of Poles
Code Description
3
3 poles
4
4 poles
–
Code
J
Description
250 A
f
Current Range
Code
Description
C
e.g., C30 = 30 A
D
e.g., D16 = 160 A
Blank
Frame only
3
c
C
d
3
e
–
C60
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
2
25 kA
3
35 kA
6
65 kA
0
100 kA
T
Trip unit
–
SD
g
–
AA
g
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
C
Fixed thermal/ fixed magnetic
E
Adjust thermal/ fixed magnetic
F
Adjust thermal/ adjust magnetic
H
Electronic LSI-long, short, instant
I Electronic LSIG -long, short, instant & ground fault
X
Breaker frame
S
Molded case switch (isolator)
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts, Trip Units
Code
Description
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
KA
1 Aux. Contact, 250V
SK
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
BA
2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
DA
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 250V
SB
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
FB
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
SC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
KJ
1 Aux. Contact, 24V
UR
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
DJ
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 24V
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Selection
No Digit
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
17
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Breaker Frames & Trip Units
+
=
Frame
MCCB
Trip Unit
Breaker Frames, 250 A Rated Current
65
100
150
200
25
35
65
100
14
18
25
35
Breaking Capacity (DC), IEC 60947-2(1)
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
Interrupting Rating (50/60
Hz), UL 489/CSA 22.2, No. 5
[kA]
240V
480V
600V
220V(2)
440V(2)
415V
690V
Cat. No.
250V DC (2 Poles in 500V DC (3 Poles in
series)
series)
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
3 Poles
4 Poles
[kA]
65
85
100
150
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
120
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
65
100
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
10
12
15
20
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
85
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
85
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
140G-J2X3
140G-J3X3
140G-J6X3
140G-J0X3
140G-J2X4
140G-J3X4
140G-J6X4
140G-J0X4
(1) DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Trip Units, Thermal-Magnetic
Rated Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A]
Ir
Im
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
175
200
225
250
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
56…80
63…90
70…100
77…110
87.5…125
105…150
112…160
122.5…175
140…200
157.5…225
175…250
400
400
400
400
400
500
600
630
700
400…800
450…900
500…1000
550…1100
625…1250
750…1500
800…1600
875…1750
1000…2000
1125…2250
1250…2500
18
Protection Type
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
C (Fixed)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
F (Adjustable)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Cat. No.
3 Poles
140G-JTC3-C25
140G-JTC3-C30
140G-JTC3-C32
140G-JTC3-C35
140G-JTC3-C40
140G-JTC3-C50
140G-JTC3-C60
140G-JTC3-C63
140G-JTC3-C70
140G-JTF3-C80
140G-JTF3-C90
140G-JTF3-D10
140G-JTF3-D11
140G-JTF3-D12
140G-JTF3-D15
140G-JTF3-D16
140G-JTF3-D17
140G-JTF3-D20
140G-JTF3-D22
140G-JTF3-D25
4 Poles
140G-JTC4-C25
140G-JTC4-C30
140G-JTC4-C32
140G-JTC4-C35
140G-JTC4-C40
140G-JTC4-C50
140G-JTC4-C60
140G-JTC4-C63
140G-JTC4-C70
140G-JTF4-C80
140G-JTF4-C90
140G-JTF4-D10
140G-JTF4-D11
140G-JTF4-D12
140G-JTF4-D15
140G-JTF4-D16
140G-JTF4-D17
140G-JTF4-D20
140G-JTF4-D22
140G-JTF4-D25
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated Current
In [A]
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
40
60
100
150
250
S
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
16…40
24…60
40…100
60…150
100…250
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
40…400
60…600
100…1000
150…1500
250…2500
I
I3=1…10 x In
40…400
60…600
100…1000
150…1500
250…2500
Cat. No.
3 Poles
Cat. No.
4 Poles
140G-JTH3-C40
140G-JTH3-C60
140G-JTH3-D10
140G-JTH3-D15
140G-JTH3-D25
140G-JTH4-C40
140G-JTH4-C60
140G-JTH4-D10
140G-JTH4-D15
140G-JTH4-D25
Trip Units, Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current In
[A]
Protection Type
L
S
I
G
I3=1…10 x In I4=0.2…1 x In
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=sec.
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
t4=sec.
40
16…40
3, 12, 36, 60
40…400
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
40…400
8…40
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-JTI3-C40
140G-JTI4-C40
60
24…60
3, 12, 36, 60
60…600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
60…600
12…60
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-JTI3-C60
140G-JTI4-C60
100
40…100
3, 12, 36, 60
100…1000
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
100…1000
20…100
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-JTI3-D10
140G-JTI4-D10
150
60…150
3, 12, 36, 60
150…1500
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
150…1500
30…150
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-JTI3-D15
140G-JTI4-D15
250
100…250
3, 12, 36, 60
250…2500
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
250…2500
50…250
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-JTI3-D25
140G-JTI4-D25
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 250 A J-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
65
100
150
200
25
35
65
100
14
18
25
35
Breaking Capacity (DC), IEC 60947-2 (1)
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
Interrupting Rating (50/60
Hz), UL 489/CSA 22.2, No. 5
[kA]
240V
480V
600V
220V(3)
440V(3)
415V
690V
250V DC (2- pole in
series)
Interrupting
Code(2)
500V DC (3 Poles in
series)
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
65
85
100
150
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
120
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
65
100
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
10
12
15
20
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
85
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
85
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
J2
J3
J6
J0
(1) DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
(2) See tables on the following page for Cat. No. selection.
(3) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
19
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Thermal-Magnetic, Fixed & Adjustable
Rated Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A]
Ir
Im
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
175
200
225
250
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
56…80
63…90
70…100
77…110
87.5…125
105…150
112…160
122.5…175
140…200
157.5…225
175…250
400
400
400
400
400
500
600
630
700
400…800
450…900
500…1000
550…1100
625…1250
750…1500
800…1600
875…1750
1000…2000
1125…2250
1250…2500
Rated Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A]
Ir
Im
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
160
175
200
225
250
25
30
32
35
40
50
60
63
70
56…80
63…90
70…100
77…110
87.5…125
105…150
112…160
122.5…175
140…200
157.5…225
175…250
400
400
400
400
400
500
600
630
700
400…800
450…900
500…1000
550…1100
625…1250
750…1500
800…1600
875…1750
1000…2000
1125…2250
1250…2500
20
Interrupting Code J2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J2C3-C25
140G-J2C4-C25
140G-J2C3-C30
140G-J2C4-C30
140G-J2C3-C32
140G-J2C4-C32
140G-J2C3-C35
140G-J2C4-C35
140G-J2C3-C40
140G-J2C4-C40
140G-J2C3-C50
140G-J2C4-C50
140G-J2C3-C60
140G-J2C4-C60
140G-J2C3-C63
140G-J2C4-C63
140G-J2C3-C70
140G-J2C4-C70
140G-J2F3-C80
140G-J2F4-C80
140G-J2F3-C90
140G-J2F4-C90
140G-J2F3-D10
140G-J2F4-D10
140G-J2F3-D11
140G-J2F4-D11
140G-J2F3-D12
140G-J2F4-D12
140G-J2F3-D15
140G-J2F4-D15
140G-J2F3-D16
140G-J2F4-D16
140G-J2F3-D17
140G-J2F4-D17
140G-J2F3-D20
140G-J2F4-D20
140G-J2F3-D22
140G-J2F4-D22
140G-J2F3-D25
140G-J2F4-D25
Interrupting Code J3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J3C3-C25
140G-J3C4-C25
140G-J3C3-C30
140G-J3C4-C30
140G-J3C3-C32
140G-J3C4-C32
140G-J3C3-C35
140G-J3C4-C35
140G-J3C3-C40
140G-J3C4-C40
140G-J3C3-C50
140G-J3C4-C50
140G-J3C3-C60
140G-J3C4-C60
140G-J3C3-C63
140G-J3C4-C63
140G-J3C3-C70
140G-J3C4-C70
140G-J3F3-C80
140G-J3F4-C80
140G-J3F3-C90
140G-J3F4-C90
140G-J3F3-D10
140G-J3F4-D10
140G-J3F3-D11
140G-J3F4-D11
140G-J3F3-D12
140G-J3F4-D12
140G-J3F3-D15
140G-J3F4-D15
140G-J3F3-D16
140G-J3F4-D16
140G-J3F3-D17
140G-J3F4-D17
140G-J3F3-D20
140G-J3F4-D20
140G-J3F3-D22
140G-J3F4-D22
140G-J3F3-D25
140G-J3F4-D25
Interrupting Code J6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J6C3-C25
140G-J6C4-C25
140G-J6C3-C30
140G-J6C4-C30
140G-J6C3-C32
140G-J6C4-C32
140G-J6C3-C35
140G-J6C4-C35
140G-J6C3-C40
140G-J6C4-C40
140G-J6C3-C50
140G-J6C4-C50
140G-J6C3-C60
140G-J6C4-C60
140G-J6C3-C63
140G-J6C4-C63
140G-J6C3-C70
140G-J6C4-C70
140G-J6F3-C80
140G-J6F4-C80
140G-J6F3-C90
140G-J6F4-C90
140G-J6F3-D10
140G-J6F4-D10
140G-J6F3-D11
140G-J6F4-D11
140G-J6F3-D12
140G-J6F4-D12
140G-J6F3-D15
140G-J6F4-D15
140G-J6F3-D16
140G-J6F4-D16
140G-J6F3-D17
140G-J6F4-D17
140G-J6F3-D20
140G-J6F4-D20
140G-J6F3-D22
140G-J6F4-D22
140G-J6F3-D25
140G-J6F4-D25
Interrupting Code J0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J0C3-C25
140G-J0C4-C25
140G-J0C3-C30
140G-J0C4-C30
140G-J0C3-C32
140G-J0C4-C32
140G-J0C3-C35
140G-J0C4-C35
140G-J0C3-C40
140G-J0C4-C40
140G-J0C3-C50
140G-J0C4-C50
140G-J0C3-C60
140G-J0C4-C60
140G-J0C3-C63
140G-J0C4-C63
140G-J0C3-C70
140G-J0C4-C70
140G-J0F3-C80
140G-J0F4-C80
140G-J0F3-C90
140G-J0F4-C90
140G-J0F3-D10
140G-J0F4-D10
140G-J0F3-D11
140G-J0F4-D11
140G-J0F3-D12
140G-J0F4-D12
140G-J0F3-D15
140G-J0F4-D15
140G-J0F3-D16
140G-J0F4-D16
140G-J0F3-D17
140G-J0F4-D17
140G-J0F3-D20
140G-J0F4-D20
140G-J0F3-D22
140G-J0F4-D22
140G-J0F3-D25
140G-J0F4-D25
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Electronic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA C22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
480V
600V
65
100
150
200
25
35
65
100
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(2)
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
65
100
85
100
100
100
150
100
14
18
25
35
440V(2)
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
36
100
50
100
65
100
100
100
415V
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
36
50
70
120
100
100
100
100
Interrupting
Code(1)
690V
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
10
12
15
20
100
100
100
100
J2
J3
J6
J0
(1) See tables below and on the following page for Cat. No. selection.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current In
[A]
40
60
100
150
250
Rated
Current In
[A]
40
60
100
150
250
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
16…40
24…60
40…100
60…150
100…250
Protection Type
S
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
40…400
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
60…600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
100…1000
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
150…1500
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
250…2500
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
16…40
24…60
40…100
60…150
100…250
t1=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
3, 12, 36, 60
40…400
60…600
100…1000
150…1500
250…2500
Interrupting Code J2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J2H3-C40 140G-J2H4-C40
140G-J2H3-C60 140G-J2H4-C60
140G-J2H3-D10 140G-J2H4-D10
140G-J2H3-D15 140G-J2H4-D15
140G-J2H3-D25 140G-J2H4-D25
Interrupting Code J3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J3H3-C40 140G-J3H4-C40
140G-J3H3-C60 140G-J3H4-C60
140G-J3H3-D10 140G-J3H4-D10
140G-J3H3-D15 140G-J3H4-D15
140G-J3H3-D25 140G-J3H4-D25
I
I3=1…10 x In
40…400
60…600
100…1000
150…1500
250…2500
Interrupting Code J6
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J6H3-C40 140G-J6H4-C40
140G-J6H3-C60 140G-J6H4-C60
140G-J6H3-D10 140G-J6H4-D10
140G-J6H3-D15 140G-J6H4-D15
140G-J6H3-D25 140G-J6H4-D25
Interrupting Code J0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J0H3-C40 140G-J0H4-C40
140G-J0H3-C60 140G-J0H4-C60
140G-J0H3-D10 140G-J0H4-D10
140G-J0H3-D15 140G-J0H4-D15
140G-J0H3-D25 140G-J0H4-D25
I
I3=1…10 x In
Protection Type
S
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
40…400
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
60…600
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
100…1000
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
150…1500
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
250…2500
0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current
In [A]
40
60
100
150
250
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
16…40
24…60
40…100
60…150
100…250
S
t1=sec.
I2=1…
10 x In
t2=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60 40…400 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 60…600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 100…1000 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 150…1500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 250…2500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…
10 x In
40…400
60…600
100…1000
150…1500
250…2500
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
8…40
12…60
20…100
30…150
50…250
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code J2
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J2I3-C40
140G-J2I3-C60
140G-J2I3-D10
140G-J2I3-D15
140G-J2I3-D25
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
140G-J2I4-C40
140G-J2I4-C60
140G-J2I4-D10
140G-J2I4-D15
140G-J2I4-D25
Interrupting Code J3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J3I3-C40
140G-J3I3-C60
140G-J3I3-D10
140G-J3I3-D15
140G-J3I3-D25
140G-J3I4-C40
140G-J3I4-C60
140G-J3I4-D10
140G-J3I4-D15
140G-J3I4-D25
21
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current
In [A]
40
60
100
150
250
22
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
16…40
24…60
40…100
60…150
100…250
S
t1=sec.
I2=1…
10 x In
t2=sec.
3, 12, 36, 60 40…400 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 60…600 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 100…1000 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 150…1500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
3, 12, 36, 60 250…2500 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4
I
I3=1…
10 x In
40…400
60…600
100…1000
150…1500
250…2500
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
8…40
12…60
20…100
30…150
50…250
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code J6
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J6I3-C40
140G-J6I3-C60
140G-J6I3-D10
140G-J6I3-D15
140G-J6I3-D25
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
140G-J6I4-C40
140G-J6I4-C60
140G-J6I4-D10
140G-J6I4-D15
140G-J6I4-D25
Interrupting Code J0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-J0I3-C40
140G-J0I3-C60
140G-J0I3-D10
140G-J0I3-D15
140G-J0I3-D25
140G-J0I4-C40
140G-J0I4-C60
140G-J0I4-D10
140G-J0I4-D15
140G-J0I4-D25
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
400 A, K-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 400 A, K-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded
case circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release
units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no.
selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered
separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
Description
140G
Global Molded Case Circuit
Breaker
3
4
3 poles
4 poles
K
b
b
Frame/Rating
Code
e
No. of Poles
Code Description
–
Code
K
Description
400 A
f
Current Range
Code Description
D30
D40
Blank
e.g., 300 A
e.g., 400 A
Frame only
3
c
F
d
3
e
–
D30
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
3
35 kA
6
65 kA
0
100 kA
15
150 kA
T
Trip unit
–
SD
g
–
AA
g
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
F
Adjust thermal/ adjust magnetic
H
Electronic LSI -long, short, instant
I
Electronic LSIG -long, short instant, & ground fault
K
Electronic LSIG-MM -long, short, instant, ground fault & MM
S
Molded case switch (isolator)
X
Breaker Frame
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts,
Code
Description
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SK
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
CA
3 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110… 125V DC
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220… 250V DC
FB
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
SB
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
CJ
3 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
SC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
UR
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Digit
No Selection
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
23
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Breaker Frames & Trip Units
=
+
Frame
MCCB
Trip Unit
Breaker Frames, 400 A Rated Current
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V 480V 600V 2 Poles in
3 Poles in
series
series
500V DC(1) 600V DC(1)
100
150
200
200
35
65
100
150
25
35
65
100
35
50
65
100
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(2)
Ics
Icu
Icu
[kA] [%Icu] [kA]
85
100
50
100
100
70
200
100
120
200
100
200
25
35
50
65
440V(2)
415V
Ics
Icu
[%Icu] [kA]
100
40
100
65
100
100
100
180
690V
Breaking Capacity (DC),
IEC 60947-2 (1)
500V DC
(3 Poles in series)
Cat. No.
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
3 Poles
4 Poles
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
25
40
70
80
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
100
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
140G-K3X3
140G-K6X3
140G-K0X3
140G-K15X3
140G-K3X4
140G-K6X4
140G-K0X4
140G-K15X4
(1) DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Trip Units, Thermal-Magnetic
Rated Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
300
400
210…300
280…400
Magnetic Trip [A] Im
Protection Type
Cat. No.
3 Poles
140G-KTF3-D30
140G-KTF3-D40
Ir
1500…3000
2000…4000
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
4 Poles
140G-KTF4-D30
140G-KTF4-D40
Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current In
[A]
300
400
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
120…300
160…400
t1=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
Protection Type
S
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
180…3000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
240…4000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
Cat. No.
I
I3=1…10 x In
450…3600
600…4800
3 Poles
3 Poles
140G-KTH3-D30
140G-KTH3-D40
140G-KTH4-D30
140G-KTH4-D40
Trip Units, Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current
In [A]
300
400
24
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
120…300
160…400
S
t1=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
I2=1…10 x In
180…3000
240…4000
t2=sec.
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
I
I3=1…10 x In
450…3600
600…4800
Cat. No.
3 Poles
G
I4=0.2…1 x In
60…300
80…400
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
t4=sec.
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Cat. No.
4 Poles
140G-KTI3-D30 140G-KTI4-D30
140G-KTI3-D40 140G-KTI4-D40
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Trip Units, Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode)(1)
Protection Type
Rated
Current
In [A]
L
Cat. No.
S
I
G
3 Poles
4 Poles
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=sec.
I2=0.6…10 x In
t2=sec.
I3=1.5…12 x In
I4=0.2…1 x In
t4=sec.
300
120…300
3, 6, 12, 18
180…3000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
450…3600
60…300
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-KTK3-D30 140G-KTK4-D30
400
160…400
3, 6, 12, 18
240…4000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
600…4800
80…400
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-KTK3-D40 140G-KTK4-D40
(1) See page 27 for a list of the preset values for Maintenance Mode.
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 400 A K-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
240V
100
150
200
200
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL
489/CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
480V 600V
2 Poles in
3 Poles in
series
series
500V DC
600V DC
35
65
100
150
25
35
65
100
35
50
65
100
25
35
50
65
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(3)
Breaking Capacity
(DC), IEC 60947-2 (1)
440V(3)
415V
690V
Interrupting
Code(2)
500V DC (3 Poles in
series)
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
85
100
200
200
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
50
70
120
200
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
40
65
100
180
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
25
40
70
80
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
[kA]
36
50
70
100
[%Icu]
100
100
100
100
K3
K6
K0
K15
(1) DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
(2) See table below for Cat. No. selection.
(3) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Thermal-Magnetic, Adjustable & Adjustable
Rated
Current In
[A]
Thermal Trip [A]
Magnetic Trip [A] Im
Protection Type
Interrupting Code K3
Interrupting Code K6
300
210…300
1500…3000
400
280…400
2000…4000
Rated
Current In
[A]
Thermal Trip [A]
300
210…300
1500…3000
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
140G-K0F3-D30 140G-K0F4-D30 140G-K15F3-D30 140G-K15F3-D30
400
280…400
2000…4000
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
140G-K0F3-D40 140G-K0F4-D40 140G-K15F3-D40 140G-K15F3-D40
Cat. No.
Ir
Magnetic Trip [A] Im
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
140G-K3F3-D30
140G-K3F4-D30
140G-K6F3-D30 140G-K6F4-D30
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
140G-K3F3-D40
140G-K3F4-D40
140G-K6F3-D40 140G-K6F4-D40
Protection Type
Interrupting Code K0
3 Poles
Interrupting Code K15
Cat. No.
Ir
3 Poles
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
4 Poles
Cat. No.
4 Poles
3 Poles
3 Poles
25
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Electronic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
480V
600V
100
150
200
200
35
65
100
150
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(2)
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
85
100
100
100
200
100
200
100
25
35
65
100
415V
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
50
70
120
200
100
100
100
100
440V(3)
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
40
100
65
100
100
100
180
100
Interrupting
Code(1)
690V
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
25
40
70
80
100
100
100
100
K3
K6
K0
K15
(1) See tables on the following pages for Cat. No. selection.
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current In
[A]
300
400
Rated
Current In
[A]
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
120…300
160…400
Protection Type
S
t1=sec. I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18 180…3000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
3, 6, 12, 18 240…4000
Interrupting Code K3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K3H3-D30 140G-K3H4-D30
140G-K3H3-D40 140G-K3H4-D40
I
I3=1…10 x In
450…3600
600…4800
Protection Type
L
Interrupting Code K6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K6H3-D30 140G-K6H4-D30
140G-K6H3-D40 140G-K6H4-D40
Interrupting Code K0
S
I
Interrupting Code K15
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=sec.
I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
I3=1…10 x In
3 Poles
4 Poles
3 Poles
4 Poles
300
120…300
3, 6, 12, 18
180…3000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
450…3600
140G-K0H3-D30
140G-K0H4-D30
140G-K15H3-D30
140G-K15H4-D30
400
160…400
3, 6, 12, 18
240…4000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
600…4800
140G-K0H3-D40
140G-K0H4-D40
140G-K15H3-D40
140G-K15H4-D40
G
Interrupting Code K3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current In
[A]
I1=0.4…
1 x In
300
120…300
400
160…400
Rated
Current In
[A]
300
400
26
Protection Type
L
S
t1=sec. I2=1…10 x In
3, 6, 12,
18
3, 6, 12,
18
180…3000
240…4000
t2=sec.
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
0.5
I
I3=1…10 x In
I4=0.2…
1x In
450…3600
60…300
600…4800
80…400
Protection Type
L
S
I
I1=0.4… t1=sec. I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
I3=1…10 x In
1 x In
3, 6, 12,
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
120…300
180…3000
450…3600
18
0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
3, 6, 12,
240…4000
600…4800
160…400
18
0.5
t4=sec.
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
60…300
80…400
t4=sec.
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
140G-K3I3D30
140G-K3I3D40
140G-K3I4D30
140G-K3I4D40
Interrupting Code K0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K0I3D30
140G-K0I3D40
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
140G-K0I4D30
140G-K0I4D40
Interrupting Code K6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K6I3D30
140G-K6I3D40
140G-K6I4D30
140G-K6I4D40
Interrupting Code K15
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K15I3D30
140G-K15I3D40
140G-K15I4D30
140G-K15I4D40
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode)
Rated
Current In
[A]
300
400
Rated
Current In
[A]
300
400
Protection Type
L
S
I
I1=0.4… t1=sec. I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
I3=1…10 x In
1 x In
3, 6, 12,
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
120…300
180…3000
450…3600
0.5
18
3, 6, 12,
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
160…400
240…4000
600…4800
18
0.5
Protection Type
L
S
I
I1=0.4… t1=sec. I2=1…10 x In
t2=sec.
I3=1…10 x In
1 x In
3, 6, 12,
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
120…300
180…3000
450…3600
0.5
18
3, 6, 12,
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
160…400
240…4000
600…4800
18
0.5
Interrupting Code K3
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
60…300
80…400
140G-K3K3D30
140G-K3K3D40
Interrupting Code K0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
60…300
80…400
140G-K3K4D30
140G-K3K4D40
t4=sec.
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
140G-K0K3D30
140G-K0K3D40
140G-K0K4D30
140G-K0K4D40
Interrupting Code K6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K6K3D30
140G-K6K3D40
140G-K6K4D30
140G-K6K4D40
Interrupting Code K15
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-K15K3D30
140G-K15K3D40
140G-K15K4D30
140G-K15K4D40
Maintenance Mode (MM)
Maintenance Mode (MM) offers a preset set of protection parameters. MM allows systems testing when the molded case circuit
breaker is energized or ON. The following table lists the preset values for Maintenance Mode.
Rated Current In
[A]
I1=1 x In
300
400
300
400
L
t1=MAX sec.
18
18
I2=OFF
—
—
S
t2=OFF sec.
—
—
I
I3=4 x In
1200
1600
I4=OFF
—
—
G
t4=OFF sec.
—
—
MM
I5=2.5 x In
750
1000
Figure 1 - Maintenance Mode Basic Wiring Diagram
Requires Cat. No. 140G-K-CC and 140G-K-CIC terminal connectors.
X4
140G-K-CC
Connector
LSIG-MM
X3
140G-K-CIC
Connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
4
-
+
24V
MM Input
(Customer Connection)
Terminal
Block
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Terminal
Block
MM Output
(Customer Connection)
140G-K
Electronic Trip Unit
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
27
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
800 A, M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 800 A, M-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded
case circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release
units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table g to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no.
selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered
separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
140G
3
4
b
Frame/Rating
Description
Global Molded Case Circuit
Breaker
e
No. of Poles
Code
Description
3 poles
4 poles
–
Code
M
Description
800 A
f
Current Range
Code Description
D60
D63
D80
Blank
e.g., 600 A
e.g., 630 A
e.g., 800 A
Frame only
M
b
6
c
K
d
3
e
–
D60
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
5
50 kA
6
65 kA
0
100 kA
T
Trip unit
–
SD
g
AA
g
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
F
Adjust thermal/ adjust magnetic
H
Electronic LSI -long, short, instant
I
Electronic LSIG -long, short, instant & ground fault
K Electronic LSIG-MM -long, short, instant, ground fault & MM
X
Breaker frame
S
Molded case switch (isolator)
g
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SK
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
CA
3 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110… 125V DC
FB
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220… 250V DC
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
SB
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
CJ
3 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
SC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
UR
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
UY
Undervoltage Release, 60V AC/DC
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Digit
No Selection
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
28
–
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Breaker Frames & Trip Units
=
+
Frame
MCCB
Trip Unit
Breaker Frames, 800 A Rated Current
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5[kA]
240V
480V
600V
3 Poles in series
600V DC(1)
100
200
200
50
65
100
25
35
42
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(3)
20
35
50
415V
Cat. No.(2)
Breaking Capacity (DC),
IEC 60947-2 (1)
750V DC (3 Poles in series)
690V
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
3 Poles
4 Poles
[kA]
85
100
200
[%Icu]
100
100
75
[kA]
50
70
100
[%Icu]
100
100
75
[kA]
22
25
30
[%Icu]
75
75
75
[kA]
16
36
50
[%Icu]
75
75
75
140G-M5X3
140G-M6X3
140G-M0X3
140G-M5X4
140G-M6X4
140G-M0X4
(1) DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip unit only.
(2) See tables on the following pages for Cat. No. selection.
(3) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Trip Units, Thermal-Magnetic
Rated Current
In [A]
Thermal Trip [A]
600
800
420…600
560…800
Magnetic Trip [A] Im
Protection Type
3000…6000
4000…8000
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
F (Adjustable Thermal/ Adjustable Magnetic)
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-MTF3-D60
140G-MTF3-D60
140G-MTF3-D80
140G-MTF4-D80
Ir
Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated Current
In [A]
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
600
800
240…600
320…800
t1=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
Protection Type
S
I2=0.6…10 x In
t2=sec.
360…6000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
480…8000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
Cat. No.
I
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-MTH3-D60
140G-MTH3-D80
140G-MTH4-D60
140G-MTH4-D80
I3(1)
900…7200
1200…8400
(1) 600 A I3 max =12 In; 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
Trip Units, Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current In
[A]
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x
S
t1=sec.
I2=0.6…10 x
In
t2=sec.
I3(1)
I4=0.2…1 x
In
t4=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
360…6000
480…8000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
900…7200
1200…8400
120…600
160…800
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
In
600
800
240…600
320…800
Cat. No.
G
I
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-MTI3-D60
140G-MTI3-D80
140G-MTI4-D60
140G-MTI4-D80
(1) 600 A I3 max =12 In; 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
29
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Trip Units, Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode(1))
Rated
Current In
[A]
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x
S
t1=sec.
I2=0.6…10 x
In
t2=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
360…6000
480…8000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
900…7200
1200…8400
In
600
800
240…600
320…800
Cat. No.
G
I
I3=(2)
I4=0.2…1 x In
t4=sec.
120…600
160…800
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-MTK3-D60
140G-MTK3-D80
140G-MTK4-D60
140G-MTK4-D80
(1) See page 32 for a list of the preset values for Maintenance Mode.
(2) 600 A I3 max =12 In; 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 800 A, M-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
100
200
200
480V
600V
50
65
100
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V(3)
3 Poles in series
600V DC(1)
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
20
35
50
[kA]
85
100
200
[%Icu]
100
100
75
[kA]
50
70
100
[%Icu]
100
100
75
[kA]
22
25
30
[%Icu]
75
75
75
[kA]
16
36
50
[%Icu]
75
75
75
25
35
42
415V
Breaking Capacity (DC),
IEC 60947-2(1)
750V DC (3 Poles in series)
690V
Interrupting
Code(2)
M5
M6
M0
(1) DC ratings applicable to thermal magnetic trip unit only.
(2) See tables on the following pages for Cat. No. selection
(3) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Thermal-Magnetic
Rated
Current In
[A]
600
630(1)
800
Thermal Magnetic Trip
Trip [A]
[A] Im
Protection Type
Ir
420…600
441…630
560…800
3000…6000
3150…6300
4000…8000
F (Adjustable Thermal/
Adjustable Magnetic)
Interrupting Code M5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M5F3-D60 140G-M5F4-D60
140G-M5F3-D63 140G-M5F4-D63
140G-M5F3-D80 140G-M5F4-D80
Interrupting Code M6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M6F3-D60 140G-M6F4-D60
140G-M6F3-D63 140G-M6F4-D63
140G-M6F3-D80 140G-M6F4-D80
Interrupting Code M0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M0F3-D60 140G-M0F4-D60
140G-M0F3-D63 140G-M0F4-D63
140G-M0F3-D80 140G-M0F4-D80
(1) IEC only.
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current
In [A]
600
630(2)
800
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
240…600
252…630
320…800
Protection Type
S
t1=sec. I2=0.6…10 x In
t2=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
360…6000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
3, 6, 12, 18
378…6300
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
3, 6, 9, 18
480…8000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
I
I3=(1)
900…7200
945…7560
1200…8400
Interrupting Code M5
Interrupting Code M6
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M5H3-D60 140G-M5H4-D60 140G-M6H3-D60 140G-M6H4-D60
140G-M5H3-D63 140G-M5H4-D63 140G-M6H3-D63 140G-M6H4-D63
140G-M5H3-D80 140G-M5H4-D80 140G-M6H3-D80 140G-M6H4-D80
(1) 600 A, 630 A I3max =12 In; 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
(2) IEC only.
30
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Rated
Current In
[A]
600
630(2)
800
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 9, 18
240…600
252…630
320…800
I2=0.6…10 x In
I3(1)
t2=sec.
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
360…6000
378…6300
480…8000
Interrupting Code M0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M0H3-D60
140G-M0H4-D60
140G-M0H3-D63
140G-M0H4-D63
140G-M0H3-D80
140G-M0H4-D80
I
S
900…7200
945…7560
1200…8400
(1) 600 A, 630 A I3 max =12 In; 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
(2) IEC only.
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current
In [A]
600
630(2)
800
Protection Type
L
S
I
I1=0.4… t1=sec. I2=0.6…
t2=sec.
I3=(1)
1 x In
10 x In
3, 6, 12,
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
240…600
360…6000
900…7200
18
0.5
3, 6, 12,
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
252…630
378…6300
945…7560
18
0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25,
320…800 3, 6, 9, 18 480…8000
1200…8400
0.5
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
Interrupting Code M5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
Interrupting Code M6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
120…600 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-M5I3-D60 140G-M5I4-D60 140G-M6I3-D60 140G-M6I4-D60
126…630 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-M5I3-D63 140G-M5I4-D63 140G-M6I3-D63 140G-M6I4-D63
160…800 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-M5I3-D80 140G-M5I4-D80 140G-M6I3-D80 140G-M6I4-D80
(1) 600 A, 630 A I3 max =12 In, 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
(2) IEC only.
Rated
Current In
[A]
600
630(2)
800
Protection Type
L
S
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=sec.
I2=0.6…10 x In
t2=sec.
240…600
252…630
320…800
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 9, 18
360…6000
378…6300
480…8000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
I
I3=1…
10 x In(1)
900…7200
945…7560
1200…8400
I4=0.2…1 x In
t4=sec.
Interrupting Code M0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
120…600
126…630
160…800
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-M0I3-D60 140G-M0I4-D60
140G-M0I3-D63 140G-M0I4-D63
140G-M0I3-D80 140G-M0I4-D80
G
(1) 600 A, 630 A I3max =12 In, 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
(2) IEC only.
Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode)
Rated
Current In
[A]
L
I1=0.4…1
x In
t1=sec.
600
240…600 3, 6, 12, 18
630(2)
252…630 3, 6, 12, 18
800
320…800
3, 6, 9, 18
Protection Type
S
I
I2=0.6
t2=sec. I3=1…1
…10 x In
0 x In(1)
360…
0.05, 0.1,
900…
6000
0.25, 0.5
7200
378…
0.05, 0.1,
945…
6300
0.25, 0.5
7560
480…
0.05, 0.1, 1200…
8000
0.25, 0.5
8400
G
I4=0.2…1
x In
t4=sec.
Interrupting Code M5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
140G-M5K3-D60
0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
126…630
140G-M5K3-D63
0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
160…800
140G-M5K3-D80
0.8
120…600
Interrupting Code M6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M5K4-D60
140G-M6K3-D60
140G-M6K4-D60
140G-M5K4-D63
140G-M6K3-D63
140G-M6K4-D63
140G-M5K4-D80
140G-M6K3-D80
140G-M6K4-D80
(1) 600 A, 630 A I3max =12 In, 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
(2) IEC only.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
31
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode)
Rated
Current In
[A]
Protection Type
L
S
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=sec.
I2=0.6…
10 x In
t2=sec.
240…600
252…630
320…800
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 9, 18
360…6000
378…6300
480…8000
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
0.05, 0.1, 0.25, 0.5
600
630(2)
800
I
I3=1…
10 x In(1)
900…7200
945…7560
1200…8400
G
I4=0.2…1 x In
t4=sec.
120…600
126…630
160…800
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code M0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-M0K3-D60
140G-M0K3-D63
140G-M0K3-D80
140G-M0K4-D60
140G-M0K4-D63
140G-M0K4-D80
(1) 600 A, 630 A I3max =12 In, 800 A I3 max = 10.5 In
(2) IEC only.
Maintenance Mode (MM)
Maintenance Mode (MM) offers a preset set of protection parameters. MM allows systems testing when the molded case circuit
breaker is energized or ON. The following table lists the preset values for Maintenance Mode.
Rated Current In
[A]
I1=1 x In
L
t1=MAX sec.
I2=OFF
S
t2=OFF sec.
I3=4 x In
I4=OFF
G
t4=OFF sec.
I5=2.5 x In
I
MM
600
600
18
—
—
2400
—
—
1500
630(1)
630
18
—
—
2520
—
—
1575
800
800
18
—
—
3200
—
—
2000
(1) IEC only.
Figure 2 - Maintenance Mode Basic Wiring Diagram
Requires Cat. No. 140G-K-CC and 140G-K-CIC terminal connectors.
X4
140G-K-CC
Connector
LSIG-MM
X3
140G-K-CIC
Connector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
4
-
+
24V
MM Input
(Customer Connection)
Terminal
Block
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Terminal
Block
MM Output
(Customer Connection)
140G-K
Electronic Trip Unit
32
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
1200 A, N-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 1200 A, N-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded
case circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release
units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table h to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no.
selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered
separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
Description
140G
Global Molded Case
Circuit Breaker
Code
e
Poles
Description
3
4
3 poles
4 poles
–
b
Frame/Rating
Code
N
Description
1200 A
N
b
5
c
H
d
3
e
–
E12
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking
Capacity (based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
5
50 kA
6
65 kA
0
100 kA
T
Trip unit
Code
f
Current Range
Description
E12
1200 A rating plug, standard
Code
No Digit
Z1
–
–
g
SD
h
–
AB
h
d
Protection Type
Code
H
I
K
S
g
Rating(1)
Description
80% Rated
100% Rated
Description
Electronic LSI-long, short & instant
Electronic LSIG -long, short, instant & ground fault
Electronic LSIG-MM -long, short, instant, ground fault & MM
Molded case switch (isolator)
h
Factory-Installed Internal Options(2)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24V AC/DC
SK
Shunt Trip, 48V AC/DC
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…120V AC/DC
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC/DC
SB
Shunt Trip, 380V AC
SC
Shunt Trip, 415…440V AC
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24V AC/DC
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…120V AC/DC
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC/DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…400V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 415…440V AC
No Digit
No Selection
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
FJ
2 Aux. Contacts, 24V
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
FB
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Select up to two internal options: 1 for lower right side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for upper right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
33
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 1200 A, N-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Electronic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA 22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
480V
600V
65
100
150
50
65
100
25
50
65
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V
415V
440V
Interrupting
Code(1)
500V
690V
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
85
100
200
[kA]
85
100
200
[kA]
50
70
120
[kA]
50
70
120
[kA]
50
65
100
[kA]
50
65
100
[kA]
40
50
85
[kA]
40
50
64
[kA]
30
42
50
[kA]
30
32
38
N5
N6
N0
(1) See table below for Cat. No. selection
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous) - 80% Rated(1)
Rated
Current
In [A]
1200
Protection Type(2)
S
t1=[tsec.] @ I2=0.6… 10 x In
t2=[tsec.] @
6 x I1
10 x In
L
I1=0.4… 1 x In
480…1200
3,6,12,18
OFF, 720...12000
Interrupting Code N5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
I
I3=1.5… 12 x In
OFF,
1800...14400
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
Interrupting Code N6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N5H3-E12 140G-N5H4-E12 140G-N6H3-E12 140G-N6H4-E12
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A rating plug value.
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200
Protection Type(1)
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
480…1200
I
S
t1=[tsec.] @ 6 x I1
3,6,12,18
I2=0.6… 10 x In
OFF, 720...12000
t2=[tsec.] @ 10 x In
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
I3=1.5…12 x In
OFF,1800...14400
Interrupting Code N0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N0H3-E12
140G-N0H4-E12
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A rating plug value.
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault) - 80% Rated(1)
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
t1=[tsec.]
@ 3 x I1
3, 12, 24,
480…1200 36, 48, 72,
108, 144
Protection Type(2)
S
I
I2=0.6…
t2=[tsec.] @
I3=1.5…
10 x In
10 x In
15 x In
OFF,
720...12000
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
OFF,
OFF,
1800...18000 240…1200
0.1, 0.2,
0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code N5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
Interrupting Code N6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N5I3-E12 140G-N5I4-E12 140G-N6I3-E12 140G-N6I4-E12
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A rating plug value.
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200
34
I1=0.4…
1 x In
480… 1200
L
t1=[tsec.] @ 3 x I1
3, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72,
108, 144
I2=0.6…
10 x In
Protection Type(1)
S
t2=[tsec.] @
10 x In
G
I
I3=1.5…
15 x In
OFF, 720...12000 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8 OFF, 1800…18000
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
Interrupting Code N0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
OFF, 240…1200 0.1, 0.2, 0.4,0.8 140G-N0I3-E12
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
140G-N0I4-E12
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A rating plug value.
Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode) - 80% Rated(1) (2)
Rated
Current In
[A]
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
1200
t1=[tsec.] @
3 x I1
3, 12, 24, 36,
48, 72, 108,
144
480…1200
Protection Type(3)
S
I
I2=0.6… t2=[tsec.] @ I3=1.5…
10 x In
10 x In
15 x In
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
OFF,
720...12000
OFF,
240…1200
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
0.8
Interrupting Code N5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
G
0.1, 0.25, 0.5,
OFF,
0.8
1800...18000
140G-N5K3E12
Interrupting Code N6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N5K4E12
140G-N6K3E12
140G-N6K4E12
(1) See page 36 for maintenance mode adjustment.
(2) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(3) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A rating plug value.
Rated
Current In
[A](1)
1200
Protection Type(2)
Interrupting Code N0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
G
L
S
I
I1=0.4… t1=[tsec.] @ 3 x I1
I2=0.6…
t2=[tsec.] @ I3=1.5… 15 x In I4=0.2…1 x In
t4=sec.
1 x In
10 x In
10 x In
3, 12, 24, 36, 48, 72,
480…1200
OFF, 720...12000 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8 OFF, 1800…18000 OFF, 240…1200 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
108, 144
140G-N0K3-E12
140G-N0K4-E12
(1) See page 36 for maintenance mode adjustment
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous) - 100% Rated(1)
Rated
Current
In [A]
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
t1=[tsec.] @
6 x I1
480…1200
3, 6, 12, 18
1200
Protection Type(2)
Interrupting Code N5
Interrupting Code N6
S
I
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
I2=0.6…
t2=[tsec.] @ I3=1.5…12 x In
3 Poles
4 Poles
3 Poles
4 Poles
10 x In
10 x In
OFF,
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8 OFF, 1800… 14400 140G-N5H3-E12-Z1 140G-N5H4-E12-Z1 140G-N6H3-E12-Z1 140G-N6H4-E12-Z1
720…12000
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200
Protection Type(1)
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
480…1200
S
t1=[tsec.] @ 6 x I1
3, 6, 12, 18
I2=0.6… 10 x In
OFF, 720…12000
t2=[tsec.] @ 10 x In
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
I
I3=1.5…12 x In
OFF, 1800… 14400
Interrupting Code N0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N0H3-E12-Z1 140G-N0H4-E12-Z1
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault) - 100% Rated(1)
Rated
Current
In [A]
1200
Protection Type(2)
G
L
S
I
I1=0.4… t1=[tsec.] @
I2=1… t2=[tsec.] @ I3=1.5… I4=0.2… t4=sec.
1 x In
3 x I1
10 x In
10 x In
15 x In
1 x In
OFF,
0.1, 0.2,
3, 12, 24, 36, 48, OFF, 720… 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, OFF, 1800…
480…1200
12000
0.8
18000 240…1200 0.4, 0.8
72,108, 144
Interrupting Code N5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N5I3-E12Z1
140G-N5I4-E12Z1
Interrupting Code N6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N6I3-E12Z1
140G-N6I4-E12Z1
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
35
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200
Protection Type(1)
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
t1=[tsec.] @
3 x I1
3, 12, 24, 36, 48,
72, 108,144
480…1200
S
I2=1…
10 x In
t2=[tsec.] @
10 x In
OFF, 720…
12000
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
I
I3=1.5…
15 x In
OFF, 1800…
18000
G
I4=0.2…
1 x In
t4=sec.
OFF, 240…1200 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code N0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-N0I3-E12-Z1
140G-N0I4-E12-Z1
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode) - 100% Rated(1)
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200
Protection Type(2)
Interrupting Code N5
Interrupting Code N6
G
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
L
S
I
I1=0.4… t1=[tsec.] @ I2=1… t2=[tsec.] I3=1.5… I4=0.2… t4=sec.
3 Poles
4 Poles
3 Poles
4 Poles
1 x In
3 x I1
10 x In @ 10 x In 15 x In
1 x In
OFF,
OFF,
OFF,
0.1, 0.25,
0.1, 0.2,
480… 3, 12, 24, 36,
1800…
720…
140G-N5K3-E12-Z1 140G-N5K4-E12-Z1 140G-N6K3-E12-Z1 140G-N6K4-E12-Z1
240…1200 0.4, 0.8
0.5, 0.8
1200
48, 72,108,144
18000
12000
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Rated
Current
In [A]
1200
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
480…1200
Protection Type(1)
S
I2=1…10 x In
t2=[tsec.] @
10 x In
t1=[tsec.] @
3 x I1
3, 12, 24, 36, 48,
OFF, 720… 12000 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
72, 108,144
I
I3=1.5…
15 x In
OFF, 1800…
18000
G
I4=0.2…1 x In
t4=sec.
Interrupting Code N0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
OFF, 240…1200 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-N0K3-E12-Z1
140G-N0K4-E12-Z1
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Maintenance Mode (MM)
Maintenance Mode (MM) offers a preset set of protection parameters. MM allows systems testing when the molded case circuit
breaker is energized or ON. The following table lists the preset values for Maintenance Mode.
L
Rated
Current In I =1 x In t1=MAX sec.
1
[A]
1200
480…1200
3…144
I2=OFF
S
t2=OFF sec.
I
I3=4 x In
—
—
—
I4=OFF
G
t4=OFF sec.
MM
I5=2.5 x In
—
—
3000
Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous), LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault),
LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode)
Rated Current In [A]
1200
1200
Protection Type
H (LSI)
I (LSIG)
Cat. No. (1)
140G-NTH-E12
140G-NTI-E12
1200
K (LSIG-MM)
140G-NTK-E12
(1) Supplied installed with each MCCB. The Cat. Nos. listed are replacement parts.
36
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Rating Plugs(1)
Rated Current In [A]
400
600
800
Cat. No.
140G-NRP-D40
140G-NRP-D60
140G-NRP-D80
Rated Current In [A]
1000
1200
1250(2)
Cat. No.
140G-NRP-E10
140G-NRP-E12
140G-NRP-E125
(1) 1200 A rating plug is supplied installed from the factory for all N frame MCCBs. For all other rating currents, the
rating plug must be ordered separately for field installation.
(2) IEC only.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
37
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
1200 A, NS-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 1200 A, NS-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded
case circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release
units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from Table h to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no.
selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no. with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from
http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/overview.page. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered
separately. See page 61 for available lugs.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
Description
140G
Global Molded Case
Circuit Breaker
Code
3
4
Code
MJ
MK
MD
MA
MC
e
Poles
Description
3 poles
4 poles
–
NS
b
b
Frame/Rating
Code
NS
Description
1200 A
Code
E12
5
c
H
d
3
e
–
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking
Capacity (based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
5
50 kA
6
65 kA
0
100 kA
T
Trip unit
E12
f
–
MJ
g
–
RK
g
–
SD
h
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
H
Electronic LSI-long, short, instant
I
Electronic LSIG -long, short, instant & ground fault
K
Electronic LSIG-D-MM -long, short, instant, ground fault & MM
S
Molded case switch (isolator)
f
Current Range
Description
1200 A rating plug, standard
g
Remote MCCB Operation(1)
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close Units
Spring Charge Motor
Description
Code
Description
Spring Charge Motor, 24…30V AC/DC
RJ
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 24V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 48…60V AC/DC
RK
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 48V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 110…130V AC/DC
RD
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 110…120V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 220…250V AC/DC
RA
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 220…240V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 380…415V AC
RB
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 380…400V AC
No Digit
No Selection
h
Factory-Installed Internal Options
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24V AC/DC
SK
Shunt Trip, 48V AC/DC
SD
Shunt Trip, 110…120V AC/DC
SA
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC/DC
SB
Shunt Trip, 380…400V AC
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24V AC/DC
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…120V AC/DC
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC/DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…400V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 415…440V AC
No Digit
No Selection
(1) Select one internal option for inner right mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release). For remote control MCCB operation, select the spring charging motor and operating voltage for shunt trip and shunt close coils from
table h. Consult your local Rockwell automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
38
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 1200 A, NS-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Electronic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/CSA C22.2, No. 5[kA]
240V
480V
600V
65
100
150
50
65
100
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
415V
440V
500V
220V
25
50
65
Interrupting
Code(1)
690V
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
Icu
Ics
[kA]
85
100
200
[kA]
85
100
200
[kA]
50
70
120
[kA]
50
70
120
[kA]
50
65
100
[kA]
50
65
100
[kA]
40
50
85
[kA]
40
50
64
[kA]
30
42
50
[kA]
30
32
38
NS5
NS6
NS0
(1) See table below for Cat. No. selection
Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous)
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200(2)
Protection Type(1)
L
S
I1=0.4…1 x In t1=[tsec.] @ I2=0.6…10 x In
t2=sec.
6 x I1
480…1200
3, 6, 12, 18 OFF, 720…12000 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
I
I3=1.5…12 x In
Interrupting Code NS5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
Interrupting Code NS6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
OFF, 1800…14400 140G-NS5H3-E12 140G-NS5H4-E12 140G-NS6H3-E12 140G-NS6H4-E12
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
(2) Rated current = 1200 A for UL Ratings.
Rated
Current
In [A]
1200(2)
Protection Type(1)
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
S
t1=[tsec.] @ 6 x I1
3, 6, 12, 18
480…1200
I2=0.6…10 x In
OFF, 720…12000
t2=[tsec.] @ 10 x I1
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
I
I3=1.5…12 x In
OFF, 1800…14400
Interrupting Code NS0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-NS0H3-E12 140G-NS0H4-E12
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
(2) Rated current = 1200 A for UL Ratings; 1250 A for IEC.
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault)
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200(2)
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
t1=[tsec.]
@ 3 x I1
480…1200 3, 6, 12, 18
Protection Type(1)
Interrupting Code NS5
Interrupting Code NS6
S
I
G
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
I2=0.6… t2=[tsec.] @
I3=1.5…
I4=0.2…
t4=sec.
3 Poles
4 Poles
3 Poles
4 Poles
10 x In
10 x I1
15 x In
1 x In
OFF, 720… 0.1, 0.25, 0.5,
OFF,
OFF,
0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
140G-NS5I3-E12 140G-NS5I4-E12 140G-NS5I4-E12 140G-NS6I4-E12
12000
0.8
1800…18000 240…1200
0.8
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
(2) Rated current = 1200 A for UL Ratings.
Rated
Current
In [A]
1200(2)
Protection Type(1)
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
480…1200
S
t1=[tsec.] @
3 x I1
3, 6, 12, 18
I2=0.6…10 x In
t4=sec.
Interrupting Code NS0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-NS0I3-E12 140G-NS0I4-E12
G
I
t2=[tsec.] @ 10 x I3=1.5…15 x In I4=0.2…1 x In
I1
OFF, 720…12000
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8 OFF, 1800…18000 OFF, 240…1200
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
(2) Rated current = 1200 A for UL Ratings; 1250 A for IEC.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
39
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic LSIG-MM (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault - Maintenance Mode)
Rated
Current
In [A]
1200(2)
Protection Type(1)
S
I
I2=0.6… t2=[tsec.] @ I3=1.5…
10 x In
10 x I1
15 x In
L
I1=0.4…
1 x In
G
Interrupting Code NS5
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
Interrupting Code NS6
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
t1=[tsec.]
I4=0.2…
t4=sec.
@ 3 x I1
1 x In
3, 12, 24,
OFF,
0.1, 0.25, 0.5,
OFF,
OFF, 240… 0.1, 0.2, 0.4,
480… 1200 36, 48, 72,
140G-NS5K3-E12 140G-NS5K4-E12 140G-NS6K3-E12 140G-NS6K4-E12
720…12000
0.8
1800…18000
1200
0.8
108, 144
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
(2) Rated current = 1200 A for UL Ratings.
Rated
Current In
[A]
1200(2)
Protection Type(1)
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
480…1200
G
I
I3=1.5…15 x In I4=0.2…1 x In
S
t1=[tsec.] @ I2=0.6…10 x In t2=[tsec.] @
3 x I1
10 x I1
3, 12, 24, 36,
48, 72, 108, OFF, 720…12000 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8 OFF, 1800…18000 OFF, 240…1200
144
t4=sec.
Interrupting Code NS0
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 140G-NS0K3-E12 140G-NS0K4-E12
(1) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
(2) Rated current = 1200 A for UL Ratings; 1250 A for IEC.
Maintenance Mode (MM)
Maintenance Mode (MM) offers a preset set of protection parameters. MM allows systems testing when the molded case circuit
breaker is energized or ON. The following table lists the preset values for Maintenance Mode.
Rated Current
In [A]
1200
L
t1=MAX sec.
480…1200
3…144
I1=1 x In
I2=OFF
—
S
t2=OFF sec.
—
I
I3=4 x In
I4=OFF
—
—
G
t4=OFF sec.
—
MM
I5=2.5 x In
3000
Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous), LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault), LSIG-MM
(Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault -Maintenance Mode)(1)
Rated Current In [A]
1200
1200
Protection Type
H (LSI)
I (LSIG)
Cat. No.
140G-NTH-E12
140G-NTI-E12
1200
K (LSIG-MM)
140G-NTK-E12
(1) Supplied installed with each MCCB. The Cat. Nos. listed are replacement parts.
Rating Plugs(1)
Rated Current In [A]
400
600
800
Cat. No.
140G-NRP-D40
140G-NRP-D60
140G-NRP-D80
Rated Current In [A]
1000
140G-NRP-E10
1200
140G-NRP-E12
(2)
1250
140G-NRP-E125
(1) 1200 A rating plug is supplied installed from the factory for all NS-Frame MCCBs. For all other rating
currents, the rating plug must be ordered separately for field installation.
(2) IEC only.
40
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
2500…3000 A, R-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Circuit Breaker Assemblies — 2000…3000 A, R-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use ProposalWorks to configure the molded
case circuit breaker. These configurations are for selection of all factory-installed options for spring charging motor with shunt
trip and close [for remote control], or separate installation of shunt trip and undervoltage release units. Use the codes from
Tables h and i to add on to the molded case circuit breaker cat. no. selected on the following pages to form a complete cat. no.
with factory-installed options. ProposalWorks is available from http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/e-tools/
overview.page.
140G
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
Description
140G
Global Molded Case
Circuit Breaker
Code
3
4
e
Poles
Description
3 poles
4 poles
–
R
b
12
c
I
d
b
Frame/Rating
Code
R
Description
2500…3000 A
Code
E20
E25
E30
3
e
–
E25
f
–
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking
Capacity (based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
12
125 kA
f
Current Range
Description
2000 A rating plug, installed
2500 A rating plug, installed
3000 A rating plug, installed
Code
No Digit
Z1
Z1
g
–
MD
h
–
RD
h
–
SB
i
d
Protection Type
Code
I
S
Description
Electronic LSIG -Long, short, instant & ground fault
Molded case switch (isolator)
g
Rating(1)
Description
80% Rated
100% Rated
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
Code
MJ
MK
MD
MA
MC
h
Remote MCCB Operation
Spring Charge Motor
Description
Spring Charge Motor, 24…30V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 48…60V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 110…130V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 220…250V AC/DC
Spring Charge Motor, 380…415V AC
h, cont'd.
Remote MCCB Operation
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close Units
Code
Description
RJ
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 24V AC/DC
RK
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 48V AC/DC
RD
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 110…120V AC/DC
RA
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 220…240V AC/DC
RB
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 380…400V AC
RC
Shunt Trip and Shunt Close, 415…440V AC
No Digit
No Selection
i
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Code
Description
SJ
Shunt Trip, 24V AC/DC
SK
Shunt Trip, 48V AC/DC
SD
Shunt Trip, 110… 120V AC/DC
SA
Shunt Trip, 220… 240V AC/DC
SB
Shunt Trip, 380… 400V AC
SC
Shunt Trip, 415… 440V AC
UJ
Undervoltage Release, 24V AC/DC
UD
Undervoltage Release, 110…120V AC/DC
UA
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC/DC
UB
Undervoltage Release, 380…400V AC
UC
Undervoltage Release, 415…440V AC
No Digit
No Selection
(1) Select one internal option for inner right mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release). For remote control MCCB operation, select the spring charging motor and operating voltage for shunt trip and shunt close
coils from table i . Consult your local Rockwell automation sales office or Allen- Bradley distributor.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
41
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Assembled Molded Case Circuit Breakers — 2000…3000 A, R-Frame
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity — Electronic Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/
CSA C22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
480V
600V
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
220V
Icu [kA]
125
125
100
415V
440V
[kA] Icu [kA] Ics [kA] Icu [kA] Ics [kA]
97.5
80
60
80
60
Ics
130
Interrupting
Code(1)
500V
690V
Icu [kA]
Ics [kA]
Icu [kA]
Ics [kA]
40
40
40
40
R12
(1) See tables on the following pages for Cat. No. selection.
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault) - 80% Rated(1)
\
Rated
Current
In [A]
2000
2500‡
3000
Protection Type(2)
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
800…2000
1000…2500
1200…3000
S
t1=sec.
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
3, 6, 12, 18
I2=0.6…10 x In
t2=sec.
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
OFF, 1200…20000
OFF, 1500…25000
OFF, 1800…30000
G
I
I3=1.5…12 x In I4=0.2…1 x In
t4=sec.
OFF, 3000…24000 OFF, 400…2000 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
OFF, 3750…30000 OFF, 500…2500 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
OFF, 4500…30000 OFF, 600…3000 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
Interrupting Code R12
Cat. No.
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-R12I3-E20 140G-R12I4-E20
140G-R12I3-E25 140G-R12I4-E25
140G-R12I3-E30 140G-R12I4-E30
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 1200 A Rating plug value.
Electronic LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault) - 100% Rated(1)
Rated
Current
In [A]
Protection Type
L
I1=0.4…1 x In
Interrupting Code R12
S
t1=sec.
2000(2)
800…2000
3, 6, 12, 18
2500(2)
1000…2500
3, 6, 12, 18
3000(2)
1200…3000
3, 6, 12, 18
I
I2=0.6…10 x In
OFF… 20000
OFF,
1500…25000
OFF,
1800…30000
t2=sec.
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.8
G
Cat. No.
I3=1.5…12 x In I4=0.2…1 x In
OFF,
3000…24000
OFF,
3750…30000
OFF,
4500…30000
t4=sec.
3 Poles
4 Poles
OFF, 400…2000
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-R12I3-E20-Z1 140G-R12I4-E20-Z1
OFF, 500…2500
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-R12I3-E25-Z1 140G-R12I4-E25-Z1
OFF, 600…3000
0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8
140G-R12I3-E30-Z1 140G-R12I4-E30-Z1
(1) For more information about 80% and 100% ratings, please see publication 140G-TD100.
(2) Listed I1, I2, I3 & I4 values are based on a 2000, 2500 & 3000 A rating plug value, respectively.
Trip Units, Electronic LSI (Long, Short, Instantaneous), LSIG (Long, Short, Instantaneous, Ground Fault), LSIG-MM
Rated Current In [A]
Protection Type
1200
1200
H (LSI)
I (LSIG)
Cat. No.
3 Poles
140G-NTH-E12
140G-NTI-E12
Rating Plugs(1)
Rated Current In [A]
1000
1200
1600
Cat. No.
140G-NRP-E10
140G-NRP-E12
140G-RRP-E16
Rated Current In [A]
2000
2500
3000
Cat. No.
140G-RRP-E20
140G-RRP-E25
140G-RRP-E30
(1) A 2000 A, 2500 A or 3000 A rating plug is supplied installed from the factory for all R-Frame MCCBs. For all other rating currents, the rating plug must be ordered separately for field installation.
42
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Molded Case Switches
•
•
•
•
125…2500 A current range
3- and 4-pole devices
End cap/bolt-on terminals are standard
These switches are like an MCCB, but they are not supplied with thermal overload
protection
• Self Protecting, supplied with instantaneous magnetic trip override
• Suitable for use as Motor Branch Circuit and Motor Disconnect
• Must be protected on the supply side of the switch against short-circuits.
Standards Compliance and Certifications
Standards Compliance
Certifications
IEC 60947-1, -2
CE Marked
UL489
UL Listed
CSA22.2, No. 5
CSA Certified (File No. LR 1234)
HACR [G,H,I & J Frame]
HACR Type E118548
UL 489, CSA C22.2, No. 5
Magnetic
Rated Voltage
Rated
Current In Override
(1) [A]
[A]
125
125
225
250
400
800
1200
2500
1500
1500
2700
3000
5000
10000
20000
40000
AC (50/ DC [V]
60 Hz) [V]
600Y/347
500
600
500
600Y/347
500
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
—
600
—
IEC 60947-3
Rated
Service
Current
AC23
Poles in
Ie [A]
series
4(2)
125
3
125
3
200
2
200
3
400
3
800
—
—
Rated Service Voltage Ue [V]
AC (50/
60 Hz)
690
690
690
690
690
690
—
—
DC
500
500
500
500
750
750
—
—
Cat. No.
Rated
Rated
Rated
Service insulation impulse
Current voltage withstand
DC23
Ie [A]
Ui [V]
Uimp [kV]
125
125
200
200
400
—
—
800
1000
800
1000
1000
1000
—
—
8
8
8
8
8
8
—
—
3 Poles
4 Poles
140G-G6S3-D12
140G-H6S3-D12
140G-I3S3-D22
140G-J0S3-D25
140G-K15S3-D40
140G-M6S3-D80
140G-N6S3-E12
140G-R12S3-E25
140G-G6S4-D12
140G-H6S4-D12
140G-I3S4-D22
140G-J0S4-D25
140G-K15S4-D40
140G-M6S4-D80
140G-N6S4-E12
140G-R12S4-E25
(1) Does not provide overcurrent protection; may open above this current value
(2) 50V DC with 3 poles in series.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
43
Product Selection - Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Notes:
44
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Motor Circuit Protectors
Motor Circuit Protectors
• Current range 0.16…1200 A
• End cap/bolt-on terminals are standard
• UL Listed/Recognized for motor loads
• Short-circuit protection - magnetic trip
• Overload protection must be provided separately
• Visible trip indication
• High current limiting
• High switching capacity
The Bulletin 140MG Motor Circuit Protectors provide short-circuit protection for individual motor loads. Factory-installed
internal accessories make installation and wiring easy.
General Information
Motor Circuit Protectors may provide the following protective and control functions.
• Disconnect for motor branch circuit
• Branch-Circuit, short-circuit protection (magnetic protection)
• Switching (manual)
In North America, electrical codes require that an individual Motor Branch Circuit be protected by a UL/CSA Listed fuse, circuit
breaker or self-protected combination motor controller.
140MG-G, H, I, J, K, M and N Frames:
The 140MG-G, H, I, J, K, M and N-Frame motor circuit protectors are UL/CSA Recognized as circuit breakers. They are UL/CSA
Recognized, rather than UL/CSA Listed, since they only provide short-circuit protection and not thermal overload protection for
the motor.
Standards Compliance and Certifications
Standards Compliance
Certifications
IEC 60947-2
CE Marked
UL489
CSA Certified (File No. LR1234)
CSA22.2, No. 5
UR Recognized (File No. E224135)
CCC
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
45
Product Selection - Motor Circuit Protectors
Catalog Number Explanation— 125 A, G-Frame & 150 A, I-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use these configurations only to select all
factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from
Table f to add on to the motor circuit protector cat. no. selected on the previous pages to form a complete cat. no. for a
complete assembly with factory-installed options. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered separately. See
page 61 for available lugs.
140MG
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
140MG
Description
Global Motor Circuit Protector
Code
e
Current Range
Description
B
C
D
e.g., D30 = 3 A
e.g., C30 = 30 A
e.g., D12 = 120 A
–
I
b
8
c
b
Frame/Rating
Code
G
I
Code
SJ
SK
SD
SA
SB
SC
UJ
UR
UD
UA
UB
UC
No Digit
Description
125 A
150 A
P
d
–
C70
e
–
SD
f
–
KA
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity (based
on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
8
High break
f
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Description
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Selection
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
46
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
P
Adjustable magnetic only (less than 13 x In )
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
KA
1 Aux. Contact, 250V
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
BA
2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
KJ
1 Aux. Contact, 24V
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
Product Selection - Motor Circuit Protectors
Catalog Number Explanation — 125 A, H-Frame & 250 A, J-Frame
Complete Motor Circuit Protector Assemblies with Factory-Installed Options
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use these configurations only to select all
factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from
Table f to add on to the motor circuit protector cat. no. selected on the previous pages to form a complete cat. no. for a
complete assembly with factory-installed options. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered separately. See
page 61 for available lugs.
140MG
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
140MG
Description
Global Motor Circuit Protector
Code
e
Current Range
Description
B
C
D
e.g., B30 = 3 A
e.g., C30 = 30 A
e.g., D20 = 200 A
–
J
b
8
c
b
Frame/Rating
Code
H
J
Code
SJ
SK
SD
SA
SB
SC
UJ
UR
UD
UA
UB
UC
No Digit
Description
125 A
250 A
P
d
–
D15
e
–
SD
f
–
AA
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity (based
on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
8
High break
f
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Description
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Selection
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
P
Adjustable magnetic only (less than 13 x In )
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
KA
1 Aux. Contact, 250V
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
BA
2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
DA
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 250V
FB
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
KJ
1 Aux. Contact, 24V
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
DJ
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 24V
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
47
Product Selection - Motor Circuit Protectors
Catalog Number Explanation — 400 A, K-Frame & 800 A, M-Frame
Complete Motor Circuit Protector Assemblies with Factory-Installed Options
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use these configurations only to select all
factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from
Table f to add on to the motor circuit protector cat. no. selected on the previous pages to form a complete cat. no. for a
complete assembly with factory-installed options. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered separately. See
page 61 for available lugs.
140MG
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
140MG
Description
Global Motor Circuit Protector
Code
e
Current Range
Description
–
M
b
8
c
b
Frame/Rating
Code
K
M
Description
400 A
800 A
P
d
–
D40
e
–
SD
f
–
AA
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
8
High break
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
P
Adjustable magnetic only (less than 13 x In )
\
D30
D40
D60
D80
Blank
e.g., 300 A
e.g., 400 A
e.g., 600 A
e.g., 800 A
Frame only
Code
SJ
SK
SD
SA
SB
SC
UJ
UR
UD
UA
UB
UC
No Digit
f
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Description
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Selection
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
48
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
CA
3 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
FB
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
CJ
3 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
Product Selection - Motor Circuit Protectors
Catalog Number Explanation — 1200 A, N-Frame
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use these configurations only to select all
factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from
Table f to add on to the motor circuit protector cat. no. selected on the previous pages to form a complete cat. no. for a
complete assembly with factory-installed options. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered separately. See
page 61 for available lugs.
140MG
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
140MG
Description
Global Motor Circuit Protector
Code
E12
e
Current Range
Description
1200 A
–
N
b
8
c
b
Frame/Rating
Code
N
Code
SJ
SK
SD
SA
SB
SC
UJ
UD
UA
UB
UC
No Digit
Description
1200 A
P
d
–
E12
e
–
SD
f
–
AB
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
(based on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
8
High break
f
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Description
Shunt Trip, 24V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 48V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 110…120V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 380V AC
Shunt Trip, 415…440V AC
Undervoltage Release, 24V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 110…120V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 380…400V AC
Undervoltage Release, 415…440V AC
No Selection
d
Protection Type
Code
Description
P
Adjustable magnetic only (less than 13 x In )
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
FB
2 Aux., 400V
(1) Select one internal option for inner right mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release). For remote control MCCB operation, select the spring charging motor and operating voltage for shunt trip and shunt close coils from
table f.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
49
Product Selection - Motor Circuit Protectors
Motor Circuit Protectors
Rated Operational
Current Ie [A]
3-phase Hp Ratings(1)
Magnetic Trip Current [A]
Cam Setting
C
D
E
F
G
A
B
H
I
3
7
15
30
50
70
80
100
125
12
28
45
90
150
210
240
300
375
15
34
60
120
200
280
320
400
500
17
40
75
150
250
350
400
500
625
20
46
90
180
300
420
480
600
750
23
53
105
210
350
490
560
700
875
25
59
120
240
400
560
640
800
1000
28
65
135
270
450
630
720
900
1125
30
71
150
300
500
700
800
1000
1250
33
77
165
330
550
770
880
1100
1375
3
7
15
30
50
70
80
100
125
12
28
45
90
150
210
240
300
625
15
34
60
120
200
280
320
400
703
17
40
75
150
250
350
400
500
781
20
46
90
180
300
420
480
600
859
23
53
105
210
350
490
560
700
938
25
59
120
240
400
560
640
800
1016
28
65
135
270
450
630
720
900
1094
30
71
150
300
500
700
800
1000
1172
33
77
165
330
550
770
880
1100
1250
100
110
125
150
600
660
750
900
675
743
844
1013
750
825
938
1125
825
908
1031
1238
900
990
1125
1350
975
1073
1219
1463
1050
1150
1313
1575
1125
1238
1406
1688
1200
1320
1500
1800
150
175
200
225
250
750
875
1000
1125
1250
844
984
1125
1266
1406
938
1094
1250
1406
1563
1031
1203
1375
1547
1719
1125
1313
1500
1688
1875
1219
1422
1625
1828
2031
1313
1531
1750
1969
2188
1406
1641
1875
2109
2344
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
Rated Operational Current Ie [A]
Magnetic Trip Current [A]
I3 (adjustable) [A]
300
400
300…3000
400…4000
600
800
600…6000
800…8000
1200(3)
1200…12000
Max. kW, 3-Phase — AC-3(1)
Cat. No.(2)
200V 230V 460V 575V 230V 400/415V 500V 690V
G-Frame
1.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
1
0.6
0.75
1.1
0.75
1
2
3
1.1
2.2
3
4
11
2
2
5
5
3
5.5
7.5
22
3
5
10
10
5.5
11
15
10
10
25
25
11
22
22
37
55
15
15
40
40
15
30
37
75
20
20
50
60
22
45
55
25
25
60
75
30
55
75
100
110
30
30
75
100
37
55
75
H-Frame
1.5
0.5
0.5
1.5
1
0.6
0.75
1.1
4
0.75
1
2
3
1.1
2.2
3
11
2
2
5
5
3
5.5
7.5
3
5
10
10
5.5
11
15
22
37
10
10
25
25
11
22
22
55
15
15
40
40
15
30
37
20
20
50
60
22
45
55
75
100
25
25
60
75
30
55
75
110
30
30
75
100
37
55
75
I-Frame
100
25
25
60
75
30
55
75
100
25
30
60
75
30
55
75
30
30
75
100
37
55
75
110
132
30
40
75
100
45
75
90
J-Frame
132
30
40
75
100
45
75
90
40
40
100 125
55
90
110 160
50
50
125 150
55
110
132 160
50
60
125 150
90
110
160 200
60
75
150 200 132
132
160 250
3-phase Hp Ratings(1)
200V 230V 460V 575V
K-Frame
75
75
150
200
100
100
200
250
M-Frame
125
150
300
400
150
200
400
500
N-Frame
250
300
600
700
Max. kW, 3-Phase — AC-3(1)
230V 400/415V
500V 690V
140MG-G8P-B30
140MG-G8P-B70
140MG-G8P-C15
140MG-G8P-C30
140MG-G8P-C50
140MG-G8P-C70
140MG-G8P-C80
140MG-G8P-D10
140MG-G8P-D12
140MG-H8P-B30
140MG-H8P-B70
140MG-H8P-C15
140MG-H8P-C30
140MG-H8P-C50
140MG-H8P-C70
140MG-H8P-C80
140MG-H8P-D10
140MG-H8P-D12
140MG-I8P-D10
140MG-I8P-D11
140MG-I8P-D12
140MG-I8P-D15
140MG-J8P-D15
140MG-J8P-D17
140MG-J8P-D20
140MG-J8P-D22
140MG-J8P-D25
Cat. No.(2)
55
90
110
160
160
200
200
250
140MG-K8P-D30
140MG-K8P-D40
110
160
200
250
250
355
355
500
140MG-M8P-D60
140MG-M8P-D80
200
250
500
710
140MG-N8P-E12
(1) The Hp and kW ratings shown are for reference only. The final selection of the MCP should be made based on motor full load current and the requirements of local electrical codes.
(2) The interrupting rating for MCPs is dependent upon the controller used. Please see the global short-circuit ratings tables at http://www.rockwellautomation.com/global/support/global-sccr.page, or contact your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor.
(3) I3 is adjustable between 1…10x motor FLA. Values based on 1200 A rating plug.
50
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Motor Protection Circuit
Breakers
Cat. No. 140MG-H…
Cat. No. 140MG-J…
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers have the following features:
• 10…150 A current range
• UL Listed for motor loads
• Adjustment features
– Rated motor current adjustable from 0.4…1 x In
– Overload production [L] Class 3E, 5E, 10E, and 20E
– Unbalance L1, L2, L3 detection [U] adjustable either ON or OFF, alarm at 10% unbalance, trip at 50% unbalance,
T=2 seconds
– Short-circuit protection [I], electronic magnetic trip adjustable from 6…13 x In
• LED visible warnings and trip indication
• Manual settings using DIP switches
• End cap/bolt-on terminals are standard
Standards Compliance and Certifications
Standards Compliance
Certifications
IEC 60947-2
CE Marked
UL489
CCC
CSA22.2, No. 5
CSA Certified (File No. LR1234)
UL 60947-4-1A
UL Listed
HACR Type E197878
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
51
Product Selection - Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Motor Protection Circuit Breaker Assemblies with Factory-Installed Options
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use these configurations only to select all
factory-installed options for shunt trips, undervoltage release units, auxiliary contacts, and alarm contacts. Use the codes from
Table f to add on to the motor protection circuit breaker cat. no. selected on the previous pages to form a complete cat. no. for
a complete assembly with factory-installed options. Note: Terminal lugs are not supplied and can be ordered separately. See
page 61 for available lugs.
140MG
–
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
Description
140MG Motor Protection Circuit Breaker
Code
C
D
8
E
b
c
d
b
Frame/Rating
Code
H
J
e
Current Range
Description
e.g., C25 = 25 A
e.g., D15 = 150 A
J
Code
SJ
SK
SD
SA
SB
SC
UJ
UR
UD
UA
UB
UC
No Digit
Description
100 A
150 A
–
D15
e
–
SD
–
AA
f
f
c
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity (based
on Ic at 480V)
Code
Description
8
High break
f
Factory-Installed Internal Options(1)
Shunt Trip and Undervoltage Release Units
Description
Shunt Trip, 24…30V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 48…60V AC/DC
Shunt Trip, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Shunt Trip, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Shunt Trip, 380…440V AC
Shunt Trip, 480…525V AC
Undervoltage Release, 24…30V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 48V AC/DC
Undervoltage Release, 110…127V AC; 110…125V DC
Undervoltage Release, 220…240V AC; 220…250V DC
Undervoltage Release, 380…440V AC
Undervoltage Release, 480…525V AC
No Selection
(1) Select up to two internal options: 1 for left side mounting (shunt trip or undervoltage release), 1 for right (auxiliary or alarm contact).
52
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
d
Protection Type
Code
E
Description
LUI
Auxiliary and Alarm Contacts
Code
Description
KA
1 Aux. Contact, 250V
AA
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
BA
2 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 250V
DA
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 250V
FB
2 Aux. Contacts, 400V
AB
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 400V
KJ
1 Aux. Contact, 24V
AJ
1 Aux., 1 Alarm Contact, 24V
DJ
1 Trip Unit Alarm Contact, 24V
Product Selection - Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Interrupting Rating/Breaking Capacity
Interrupting Rating (50/60 Hz), UL 489/CSA C22.2, No. 5 [kA]
240V
480V
600V
150
65
25
220V(1)
Ics [%Icu]
Icu [kA]
100
100
Breaking Capacity (50/60 Hz), IEC 60947-2
415V
440V(1)
Ics [%Icu]
Ics [%Icu]
Icu [kA]
Icu [kA]
70
100
65
100
690V
Icu [kA]
Ics [%Icu]
15
100
(1) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
Max. Rated Motor Current In [A]
L (Motor FLC)
I1 = 0.4…1 x In
25
60
100
10…25
24…60
40…100
40
60
100
150
16…40
24…60
40…100
60…150
Trip Class
H-Frame
3E, 5E, 10E, 20E (approx. 2…20 s)
Cat. No.(1)
U
50% of I1
I
In = Instantaneous
ON or OFF
Adjustable from 6…13 x In
140MG-H8E-C25
140MG-H8E-C60
140MG-H8E-D10
Adjustable from 6…13 x In
140MG-J8E-C40
140MG-J8E-C60
140MG-J8E-D10
140MG-J8E-D15
J-Frame
3E, 5E, 10E, 20E (approx. 2…20 s)
ON or OFF
(1) Select the Motor Protection Circuit Breaker based on the motor FLC.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
53
Product Selection - Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Notes:
54
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Product Selection - Mounting System Modules
Mounting System Modules
Catalog Number Explanation
Complete Motor Circuit Protector Assemblies with Factory-Installed Options
Examples given in this section are not intended to be used for product selection. Use these configurations only to select the
busbar module to be used with an MCCB or MCP. Use the codes from Table c to add on to the MCCB or MCP cat. no. selected
previously to form a complete cat. no. for a complete assembly with busbar module.
140G
–
G
6
F
a
a
Bulletin Number
Code
140G
140MG
3
–
C10
–
KA
–
b
c
b
Frame/Rating, Protection Type, Poles, Current
Range, Factory-installed Options
Description
Global Molded Case Circuit
Breaker
Motor Circuit Protector
MT
c
Busbar Module Options
Code
Description
Top feed connection for G- and H-Frame , supplied with factoryinstalled line- and load-side lugs
Bottom feed connection for G- and H-Frame , supplied with factoryinstalled line- and load-side lugs
Universal (top or bottom) connection for J- and K-Frame , supplied
unassembled. If required, order terminal lugs separately (1 set only)
MT
Configured from MCCB and MCP selection tables
MB
MU
Mounting Modules for Bul. 140G MCCBs and 140MG MCPs—ordered separately for field assembly
• Modules clamp or plug directly on to the busbar
• For 5 mm or 10mm thick busbar
Description
top feed
For Use With
140G/MG G- and H-Frame devices
bottom feed
140G/MG G- and H-Frame devices
Busbar module with rear connecting studs
top or bottom feed
140G/MG J-Frame devices
Busbar module with rear connecting studs
top or bottom feed
140G/MG K-Frame devices
Busbar module with flexible connection
Description
Frame
Size
Thermal Current Ith [A]
Width [mm]
90
Cat. No.
141A-GHT
90
141A-GHB
250
105
141A-GJU
400
140
141A-GKU
125
For Use With
Cu wire, two required per busbar module (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…70 mm2
Cu wire, two required per busbar module (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 1.5…70 mm2
G
MCCB only
MCP only
Cu wire, two required per busbar module (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…95 mm2
H
All
Al or Cu/Cu wire, one required per busbar module—multiple options available
J, K
All
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Pkg. Qty
3
Cat. No.
140G-G-TLC13
140G-G-TLC13A
140G-H-TLC13
See page 61
55
Product Selection - Mounting System Modules
Notes:
56
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Accessories
Internal Electrical Accessories
Auxiliary/Alarm Contact (AX/AL)
Auxiliary and alarm contacts are supplied in multiple variations for customer application.
• Auxiliary Contacts (AX) : Indicate ON/OFF status of the MCCB.
• Alarm Contacts (AL): Indicate trip status of the MCCB. Alarm trip can be initiated by pressing the test button on the molded
case circuit breaker, a trip due to overcurrent, short circuit; or trip due to residual current, shunt, or undervoltage release
signals.
• Thermal Trip Contacts (TU): Trips only when the MCCB has detected an overcurrent, short-circuit, or protection trip. H- and
J-Frame MCCBs have a button to test this feature. Available only for H, J, N, and NS frames.
These contacts are installed by removing the MCCB cover and accessing right-side pockets within the breaker with snap-in
mounting provisions. Frames G…M are supplied with 1 meter (39 in.) pig tail wiring, with each terminal wire marked. Frames N
and NS are wired internal to the breaker and are terminated for connection using a 3-pin quick connector.
Photos in this section are representative. Appearance of actual accessory may differ from the photo shown.
Description
(1) TU Alarm contact, 250V
(1) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 250V
(2) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 250V
(3) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 250V
(3) Auxiliary (2) Alarm contact, 250V
(2) Auxiliary (2) Alarm (1) TU AL contact, 250V
(1) Auxiliary contact, 250V
(1) Auxiliary contact, 250V or (1) Alarm contact, 250V
(1) Auxiliary contact, 24V, PLC
(1) TU Alarm contact, 24V, PLC
(1) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 24V PLC
(3) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 24V PLC
(1) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 400V
(2) Auxiliary contact, 400V
(1) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 250V
(3) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 250V
(3) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 24V
(1) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 400V
(2) Auxiliary contact, 400V
(1) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 24V
(2) Auxiliary contact, 24V
(1) Auxiliary (1) Alarm contact, 400V
(2) Auxiliary contact, 400V
(1) TU Alarm contact, 250V
(1) TU Alarm contact, 250V
Designation
TU AL
AX2/AL1
AX1/AX2/AL1
AX1/AX2/AX3/AL1
AX1/AX2/AX3/AL1/AL2
AX2/AX3/AL1/AL2/TU AL
AX2
AX2
AL1
AX2
TU AL
AX2/AL1
AX1/AX2/AX3/AL1
AX2/AL1
AX1/AX2
AX1/AL1
AX1/AX2/AX3/AL1
AX1/AX2/AX3/AL1
AX1/AL1
AX1/AX2
AX1/AL1
AX2/AX3
AX1/AL1
AX2/AX3
TU AL
TU AL
Diagram
C
D
E
F
G
H
A
A
B
A
C
D
F
D
I
J
F
F
J
I
N
M
N
M
L
L
Frame Size
H, J
G, H, I, J
G, H, I, J
H, I, J
H, J
H, J
G, H, I, J
Cat. No.
140G-H-EA1TA
140G-G-EA1R1A
140G-G-EA2R1A
140G-H-EA3R1A
140G-H-EA3R2A
140G-H-EA2R2TA
140G-G-EA1A
G, H, I, J
140G-G-EA1AU(1)
G, H, I, J
H, J
G, H, I, J
H, I, J
H, J
H, J
K, M
K, M
K, M
K, M
K, M
N
N, NS
N
N, NS
N, NS
R
140G-G-EA1J
140G-H-EA1TJ
140G-G-EA1R1J
140G-H-EA3R1J
140G-H-EA1R1B
140G-H-EA2B
140G-K-EA1R1A
140G-K-EA3R1A
140G-K-EA3R1J
140G-K-EA1R1B
140G-K-EA2B
140G-N-EA1R1J
140G-N-EA2J
140G-N-EA1R1B
140G-N-EA2B
140G-N-EA1TA
140G-R-EA1TA
(1) This contact is supplied with unmarked wires. The contact can function as either an auxiliary or alarm contact, depending on connection method.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
57
Accessories
Figure 3 - Auxiliary/Alarm Contact Diagrams
AX2
AX2
22
24
AX1
AL1
24
96
98
98
14
96
12
12
24
98
22
96
14
24
96
22
98
08
08
06
06
E
D
C
98
98
96
24
22
B
96
24
22
A
22
AX2
AL1
AL1
95
21
05
21
95
11
21
F
G
AX1
AX3
AL1
31
11
95
21
31
H
AX2
AX3
95
15
14
22
22
J
24
24
12
AX1
AL1
AL2
I
08
14
06
12
18
08
16
06
98
34
98
18
96
16
34
96
32
32
24
24
22
22
18
95
31
21
11
95
31
21
11
21
16
AX3
AL1
11
98
18
34
AX2
96
16
34
98
32
96
24
32
22
22
14
14
24
12
98
98
34
AX2
96
12
34
96
32
95
15
AX1
24
24
22
22
32
14
14
12
12
95
21
11
95
21
05
95
21
TU AL
AX2
AL1
AL2
AX2
AX3
AX2
32
34
12
14
44
AX3
TU AL
AX1
AL1
21
21
41
31
31
11
58
31
21
11
11
41
42
42
22
24
12
22
AX4
N
M
44
34
42
44
34
42
32
34
32
24
41
AX1
22
24
22
12
14
14
21
L
K
12
11
44
05
14
15
21
11
05
15
95
32
31
24
21
95
31
21
TU AL
21
31
11
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
41
Accessories
Shunt Trip (SNT)
• Allows remote tripping of the MCCB by applying control voltage to the shunt trip coil.
• Frames G, H, I, J, K, and M are supplied with 1 meter (39 in.) pig-tail wiring (each terminal wire is marked).
• Frames N and NS are wired internal to the breaker and terminated for connection using a 3-pin quick connector.
Diagram(1)
Description
12V DC
24…30V AC/DC
48…60V AC/DC
110…127V AC/110…125V DC
220…240V AC/220…250V DC
380…440V AC
Frame Size
+
~
SO
G, H, I, J
C1
140G-G-SNC
C1
480…525V AC
Cat. No.
140G-G-SNR
140G-G-SNJ
140G-G-SNKY
140G-G-SND
140G-G-SNA
140G-G-SNB
12V DC
24…30V AC/DC
48…60V AC/DC
110…127V AC/110…125V DC
220…240V AC/220…250V DC
380…440V AC
480…525V AC
24V AC/DC
48V AC/DC
110…120V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
380…400V AC
K, M
C2
SNT
C2
N, NS
140G-K-SNR
140G-K-SNJ
140G-K-SNKY
140G-K-SND
140G-K-SNA
140G-K-SNB
140G-K-SNC
140G-N-SNJ
140G-N-SNKY
140G-N-SND
140G-N-SNA
140G-N-SNB
~
(1) For N- and NS -Frame devices, terminals C1 and C2 are designated C11 and C12.
Shunt Close (SNC)
• For use with motorized versions of the NS-Frame MCCB.
• Allows remote closing of the MCCB when the spring motor is charged.
The shunt close unit is wired internal to the MCCB and terminated for connection using a 3-pin quick connect.
Description
Diagram
Frame Size
+
~
SO
C1
Cat. No.
140G-NS-SNCJ
140G-NS-SNCKY
140G-NS-SNCD
140G-NS-SNCA
C1
24V AC/DC
48V AC/DC
110…120V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
SNC
140G-NS-SNCB
C2
380…400V AC
NS
C2
~
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
59
Accessories
Undervoltage Release (UVR)
•
•
•
•
•
•
Opens the MCCB when supply voltage drops below 0.7 of the UV relay, with a trip rating from 0.7…0.35.
The MCCB can be reset when the supply voltage is higher than 0.85 of the relay rating.
When the UV is de-energized it is not possible to close the main contacts on the MCCB.
R Resistor is supplied with the MCCB when reset is required.
Frames G,H,I,J,K and M are supplied with 1 meter (39 in.) pig-tail wiring (each terminal wire is marked).
Frame N and NS are internally wired to the breaker and terminated for connection using a 3-pin quick connector.
Description
Diagram
24…30V AC/DC
48V AC/DC
60V AC/DC
110…127V AC/110…125V DC
220…240V AC/220…250V DC
380…440 V AC
Frame Size
+
~
SO
G, H, I, J
Cat. No.
140G-G-UVJ
140G-G-UVKY
140G-G-UVY
140G-G-UVD
140G-G-UVA
140G-G-UVB
D1
140G-G-UVC
D1
480…525 V AC
24…30V AC/DC
48V AC/DC
60V AC/DC
110…127V AC/110…125V DC
220…240V AC/220…250V DC
380…440 V AC
480…525 V AC
24V AC/DC
60V AC/DC
110…120V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
380…400V AC
K, M
D2
UV
D2
N, NS
R
415…440V AC
140G-K-UVJ
140G-K-UKY
140G-K-UVY
140G-K-UVD
140G-K-UVA
140G-K-UVB
140G-K-UVC
140G-N-UVJ
140G-N-UVKY
140G-N-UVD
140G-N-UVA
140G-N-UVB
140G-N-UVC
~
Residual Current Release Module (IEC Only)
The residual current release module provides protection against low levels of earth (ground) fault currents. It continuously
monitors the state of the insulation, with and is adjustable to provide protection from direct and indirect contact. Compliant
with IEC 60947-2 annex B, IEC 61000 for protection against unwarranted tripping.
Description
•
•
•
•
•
60
Residual Current Release Module
Alarm & Trip indication
0.03 A with 0.0 s override
Current adjustment: 0.5…10 A
Time adjustment: 0.0…3 s
Test
Frame Size
G
H
I
J
3-Pole Cat. No.
140G-G-ELP1603
—
140G-I-ELP2503
—
4-Pole Cat. No.
140G-G-ELP1604
140G-H-ELP1604
140G-I-ELP2504
140G-J-EP2504
K
—
140G-K-ELP
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Accessories
Current Transformer for Neutral Current
Rated Current [A]
300
400
600
800
400…1600
1000…3200
Frame Size
K(1)
K(1)
M(1)
M(1)
N, NS
R
Cat. No.
140G-K-NCTD30
140G-K-NCTD40
140G-M-NCTD60
140G-M-NCTD80
140G-N-NCTE16
140G-R-NCTE30
Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 3)
140G-G-TLC13
140G-G-TLC13A
140G-G-MTL63
140G-H-TLC13
Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4)
140G-G-TLC14
—
140G-G-MTL64
140G-H-TLC14
140G-H-MTL63
140G-H-MTL64
140G-I-TLA13
140G-I-TLA1A3
140G-I-TLC13
140G-I-TLA14
140G-I-TLA1A4
140G-I-TLC14
Multiple cable - Cu wire (6) 12…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm2(1)(2)
140G-I-MTL63
140G-I-MTL64
Al or Cu wire (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…50 mm2
Al or Cu wire (1) 4…300 MCM or 25…150 mm2
Cu wire only (1) 10…250 MCM or 6…185 mm2
140G-J-TLA13
140G-J-TLA1A3
140G-J-TLC13
140G-J-TLA14
140G-J-TLA1A4
140G-J-TLC14
Multiple cable - Cu wire (6) 12…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm2(1)(2)
140G-J-MTL63
140G-J-MTL64
Al or Cu wire (1) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm2
Al or Cu wire (2) 2/0…250 MCM or 95…120 mm2(1)
Cu wire only (1) 250…500 MCM or 120…240 mm2(2)
Cu wire only (2) 2/0…250 MCM or 95…120 mm2(1)(2)
140G-K-TLA13
140G-K-TLA23
140G-K-TLC13
140G-K-TLC23
140G-K-TLA14
140G-K-TLA24
140G-K-TLC14
140G-K-TLC24
Multiple cable - Cu wire (6) 6…1/0 AWG or 16…50 mm2(1)
140G-K-MTL63
140G-K-MTL64
Al or Cu wire (2) 250…500 MCM or 120…240mm2
140G-M-TLA23
140G-M-TLA33
140G-M-TLC23
140G-M-TLA24
140G-M-TLA34
140G-M-TLC24
140G-M-TLC33
140G-M-TLC34
140G-N-TLA43
140G-N-TLC43
140G-R-TLA63
140G-N-TLA44
140G-N-TLC44
—
140G-R-TLC63
—
(1) Order with connector (Cat. No. 140G-K-CC).
Mechanical Accessories
Terminal Lugs
Description
Cu wire, MCCB only (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…70 mm2
Cu wire, MCP only (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 1.5…70 mm2
Multiple cable - Cu wire (6) 14…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm2(1)
Cu wire only (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…95 mm2
Multiple cable - Cu wire (6) 14…2 AWG or 2.5…35 mm2(1)
Frame Size
G
H
2
Al or Cu wire (1) 14…1/0 AWG or 2.5…50 mm
Al or Cu wire (1) 4…300 MCM or 25…150 mm2
Cu wire only (1) 10…250 MCM or 6…185 mm2
Al or Cu wire (3) 2/0…400 MCM or 70…185 mm2(1)
Cu wire only (2) 3/0…350 MCM or 85…185mm2(2)
I
J
K
M
Cu wire only (3) 2/0…350 MCM or 70…185 mm2(1)(2)
Al or Cu wire (4) 4/0…500 MCM or 120…240 mm2(1)
Cu wire only (4) 4/0…500 MCM or 120…240 mm2(1)
Al or Cu wire (6) 1/0…750 MCM or 50…400 mm2
N, NS
Cu wire only (6) 1/0…750 MCM or 50…400 mm2
R
(1) Includes the High Terminal cover. Multiple cable logs for use with load side connectors only.
(2) Includes screw for customer supplied connection for voltage tap.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
61
Accessories
Extended Terminals
Description
Extended Terminals for busbar or ring type connection
• G- & I-frame supplied with 100 mm phase barrier
• H- & J-frame supplied with insulator, 100 mm phase barrier, and terminal cover
• K- & N-/NS-frame supplied with insulator and 100 mm phase barrier
• M-frame terminals only
Frame Size 3-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 3) 4-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4)
G
140G-G-EXT3
140G-G-EXT4
H
140G-H-EXT3
140G-H-EXT4
I
140G-I-EXT3
140G-I-EXT4
J
140G-J-EXT3
140G-J-EXT4
K
140G-K-EXT3(1)
140G-K-EXT4(1)
(1)
M
140G-M-EXT3
140G-M-EXT4(1)
(1)
N, NS
140G-N-EXT3
140G-N-EXT4(1)
(1) IEC only.
Spreader Terminals
Description
Spreader Terminals for busbar or ring type connection
• G- & I-frame supplied with 200 mm phase barrier
• H- & J-frame supplied with insulator, 200 mm phase barrier
• K- & N-/NS-frame supplied with insulator and 200 mm phase barrier
• M- & R-frame terminals only
Top Spreader Terminals for busbar or ring type connection
• M-frame terminals only
Bottom Spreader Terminals for busbar or ring type connection
• N/NS-frame supplied with insulator and 100 mm phase barrier
Frame Size
G
H
I
J
K
M
N, NS
R
M
N, NS
M
3-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 3)
140G-G-EXS3
140G-H-EXS3
140G-I-EXS3
140G-J-EXS3
140G-K-EXS3(1)
—
—
140G-R-EXS3(1)
140G-M-EXSLI3(1)
140G-N-EXSLI3(1)
140G-M-EXSLO3(1)
4-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4)
140G-G-EXS4
140G-H-EXS4
140G-I-EXS4
140G-J-EXS4
140G-K-EXS4(1)
140G-M-EXS4(1)
140G-N-EXS4(1)
140G-R-EXS4(1)
—
—
—
N, NS
140G-N-EXSLO3(1)
—
(1) IEC only
Rear Terminals (IEC only)
Description
Rear flat horizontal terminals
Rear flat vertical terminals
Frame Size
3-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 3)
4-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4)
N, NS
140G-N-TLH3
140G-N-TLH4
N, NS
140G-N-TLV3
140G-N-TLV4
R(1)
140G-R-TLV3
140G-R-TLV4
(1) 2000 A (80/100%) and 2500 A (80%) MCCBs only.
62
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Accessories
Phase Barriers
Description
Frame Size
G, I
• Provides additional clearance when
special connections that extend beyond
the frame of the MCCB are used.
• Frames G, H, I, J, and K are supplied
with 25 mm barriers as standard.
H, J
K, N, NS
M
R
Length
1 in. (25 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
8 in. (200 mm)
1 in. (25 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
8 in. (200 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
8 in. (200 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
8 in. (200 mm)
3-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 4)
140G-G-PB3M
140G-G-PB3L
140G-G-PB3H
140G-H-PB3M
140G-H-PB3L
140G-H-PB3H
140G-K-PB3L
140G-K-PB3H
140G-M-PB3L
140G-R-PB3L(1)
140G-R-PB3H(1)
4-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 6)
140G-G-PB4M
140G-G-PB4L
140G-G-PB4H
140G-H-PB4M
140G-H-PB4L
140G-H-PB4H
140G-K-PB4L
140G-K-PB4H
140G-M-PB4L
140G-R-PB4L(2)
140G-R-PB4H(2)
(1) Package Qty 2. Supplied for the line side only.
(2) Package Qty 3. Supplied for the line side only.
Terminal Covers
Description
• Provide IP40 finger protection against
accidental contact with live parts.
• Terminal covers are pre-punched to ease
installation.
• Supplied as standard with the selection of
multiple cable terminal lugs.
Frame Size
G
H
I
J
K
M
Height
2 in. (50 mm)
2 in. (50 mm)
2.36 in. (60 mm)
2.36 in. (60 mm)
2.36 in. (60 mm)
2.36 in. (60 mm)
3-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 2)
140G-G-TC3H
140G-H-TC3H
140G-I-TC3H
140G-J-TC3H
140G-K-TC3H
140G-M-TC3H
4-Pole Cat. No. (Pkg. Qty. 2)
140G-G-TC4H
140G-H-TC4H
140G-I-TC4H
140G-J-TC4H
140G-K-TC4H
140G-M-TC4H
N, NS
2.76 in. (70 mm)
140G-N-TC3H
140G-N-TC4H
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
63
Accessories
Variable Depth Rotary Operating Kits
Rotary Variable Depth Operators
Description
Frame Size
G, I
H, J
• Supplied with external handle, operating shaft, and MCCB
mounted operating mechanism.
• See page 65 to select as components.
• Frames G, H, I, and J use a Bul. 140U P-style handle.
• Frames K, M, and N use a Bul. 140U medium style handle.
K
M
N
Handle Color
Black
Red/Yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Shaft Length
Cat. No.
140G-G-RVM12B
140G-G-RVM12R
140G-G-RVM21B
140G-G-RVM21R
140G-H-RVM12B
140G-H-RVM12R
140G-H-RVM21B
140G-H-RVM21R
140G-K-RVM12B
140G-K-RVM12R
140G-K-RVM21B
140G-K-RVM21R
140G-M-RVM12B
140G-M-RVM12R
140G-M-RVM21B
140G-M-RVM21R
140G-N-RVM12B
140G-N-RVM12R
140G-N-RVM21B
140G-N-RVM21R
12 in. (305 mm)
21 in. (533 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
21 in. (533 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (559 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (559 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (559 mm)
Rotary Variable Depth Operators with Internal NFPA 79 Operating Handle
Description
Frame Size
G, I
H, J
• Supplied with external handle, NFPA handle with operating
shaft, support bracket, and MCCB mounted operating
mechanism.
• See page 65 to select as individual components.
• Frames G, H, I, and J use a Bul. 140U P-style handle.
• Frames K, M, and N use a Bul. 140U medium style handle.
K
M
N
64
Handle Color
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Shaft Length
12 in. (305 mm)
21 in. (533 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
21 in. (533 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (559 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (559 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (559 mm)
Cat. No.
140G-G-NVM12B
140G-G-NVM12R
140G-G-NVM21B
140G-G-NVM21R
140G-H-NVM12B
140G-H-NVM12R
140G-H-NVM21B
140G-H-NVM21R
140G-K-NVM12B
140G-K-NVM12R
140G-K-NVM21B
140G-K-NVM21R
140G-M-NVM12B
140G-M-NVM12R
140G-M-NVM21B
140G-M-NVM21R
140G-N-NVM12B
140G-N-NVM12R
140G-N-NVM21B
140G-N-NVM21R
Accessories
Variable Depth Rotary Components
Description
•
•
•
•
Handle Color
Black/Grey
Red/Yellow
Black/Grey
Red/Yellow
P-style handle for G, H, I, and J frames
Medium handles for K, M, and N frames
Rated 3/3R/4/4X/12
Accepts 3 padlocks
Description
Shaft Length
12 in. (305 mm)
21 in. (533 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (305 mm)
Extension Shaft
Frame Size
G, H, I, J
K, M, N
Frame Size
K, M, N
Shaft Length
12 in. (305 mm)
21 in. (533 mm)
12 in. (305 mm)
22 in. (305 mm)
NFPA 79 internal operating handle with shaft
Internal handle permits operation of the molded case circuit breaker when the door
is open in compliance with NFPA 79.
•
•
•
•
Rotary Variable Depth Operating Mechanism
Direct molded case circuit breaker mount
G, H, I, and J frame use 194R-S1 or 194R-S2 shafts (140G-N1 or 140G-N2 NFPA)
K, M, and N frames use 194R-R7 or 194R-R8 shafts (140G-R7 or 140G-R8 NFPA)
Shaft secured with set screw or cotter pin
Cat. No.
194R-S1
194R-S2
194R-R7
194R-R8
G, H, I, J
Description
Description
Cat. No.
140U-PB
140U-PY
140U-HM4
140U-HM4E
Frame Size
G, I
H, J
K
M
N
Description
Support Bracket
Supplied as standard with NFPA variable depth operator kits
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Frame Size
G, H, I, J
K, M, N
Cat. No.
140G-N1
140G-N2
140G-N7
140G-N8
Cat. No.
140G-G-RMX
140G-H-RMX
140G-K-RMX
140G-M-RMX
140G-N-RMX
Frame Size
G, H, I, J
K
M
Cat. No.
140G-G-OSB
140G-K-OSB
140G-M-OSB
N
140G-N-OSB
65
Accessories
Direct Rotary Operators
Description
Frame Size
G, I
Handle Color
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Cat. No.
140G-G-RMB
140G-G-RMY
140G-H-RMB
Red/yellow
140G-H-RMY
Black
Red/yellow
Black
Red/yellow
Black
140G-K-RMB
140G-K-RMY
140G-M-RMB
140G-M-RMY
140G-N-RMB
Red/yellow
140G-N-RMY
H, J
• Mount with direct handle
operation of the MCCB.
• Lockable in OFF position (three
padlocks max.).
K
M
N
Auxiliary Contacts for Handle Mechanism Mounting
• Early make contacts are (typically) used with an undervoltage release. The contacts close before the main contacts in the
MCCB. The early make contacts supply powre the unvervoltage release, which prevents nuciance tripping of the relay.
• Early break contacts are used to remove system voltage from electronics that could be damaged by transient voltage
caused by the opening of the main contacts in the MCCB.
• Mounted inside rotary mechanism or direct handle, supplied with 1 meter (39 in.) pig-tail wiring (each terminal wire is
marked)
Description
Early Make Handle Auxiliary Contact; Open 400V
Early Break Handle Auxiliary Contact; Close 400V
Early Make Handle Auxiliary Contact; Close 250V
Diagram
(see Figure 4)
A
B
A
A
Frame Size
Pkg. Qty
Cat. No.
• 140G-G-RMB, -RMY, RMX
• 140G-H-RMB, -RMY, RMX
G, H, I, J
2
2
• 140G-K-RMB, -RMY, RMX
• 140G-M-RMB, -RMY, RMX
K
M
2
140G-G-EAM1B
140G-G-EAB1B
140G-K-EAM1A
140G-M-EAM1A
For Use With
Figure 4 - Auxiliary Contact Wiring Diagrams
A
+
~
B
SO
137
Early Make Handle Wiring
D1
D1
38
38
37
37
147
137
147
S4/1
S4/2
EARLY
MAKE
EARLY
MAKE
EARLY
BREAK
EARLY
BREAK
47
48
R
148
138
D2
S4/4
48
47
D2
UVR
138
~
66
Early Break Handle Wiring
S4/3
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
148
Accessories
Motor Operators
Description
Frame Size
• Remotely opens, closes, and resets the MCCB.
• Supplied with auto/manual selector, test feature, and
special tool for local operation of the MCCB.
• Remotely opens, closes, and resets the MCCB.
• Uses a stored energy motor for local control of the motor
without the use of special tools and include auto/
manual/lock selection, lever to recharge the motor, and
open & close push button operation.
24V DC
48…60V DC
110…125V AC/DC
220…250V AC/DC
380…440V AC
G, I
Cat. No.
140G-G-EOPJ
140G-G-EOPKY
140G-G-EOPD
140G-G-EOPA
140G-G-EOPB
480…525V AC
140G-G-EOPC
24V DC
48…60V DC
110…125V AC/DC
220…250V AC/DC
380…440V AC
140G-H-EOPJ
140G-H-EOPKY
140G-H-EOPD
140G-H-EOPA
140G-H-EOPB
H, J
480…525V AC
140G-H-EOPC
24V DC
48…60V DC
110…125V AC/DC
220…250V AC/DC
380V AC
24V DC
48…60V DC
110…125V AC/DC
220…250V AC/DC
380V AC
140G-K-EOPJ
140G-K-EOPKY
140G-K-EOPD
140G-K-EOPA
140G-K-EOPB
140G-M-EOPJ
140G-M-EOPKY
140G-M-EOPD
140G-M-EOPA
140G-M-EOPB
Description
K
M
Frame Size
24…30V AC/DC
48…60V AC/DC
100…130V AC/DC
220…250V AC/DC
Spring Charging Motor
Cat. No.
140G-NS-SCMJ
140G-NS-SCMKY
140G-NS-SCMD
140G-NS-SCMA
NS
380…415V AC
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
140G-NS-SCMB
67
Accessories
Flange-mounted Cable Operators—3-Pole Only
Description
Frame Size
Handle Type
Non-metallic Handle, Type 1/3/12/4/4X
G
Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X
Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12
• For use with NEMA-style flange
enclosures.
• Includes handle, MCCB operator, cable,
and necessary hardware.
• Pre-assembled for ease of installation.
• Replacement Hardware is listed on
page 73
Non-metallic Handle, Type 1/3/12/4/4X
H
Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X
Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12
Non-metallic Handle, Type 1/3/12/4/4X
I
Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X
Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12
Non-metallic Handle, Type 1/3/12/4/4X
J
• For use with NEMA-style flange
enclosures.
• Includes handle, MCCB operator, cable,
and necessary hardware.
• Pre-assembled for ease of installation.
• Replacement Hardware is listed on
page 73
Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X
Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12
Non-metallic Handle, Type 1/3/12/4/4X
K
Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X
Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12
68
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Cable Length
4 ft (1.3m)
6 ft (1.9m)
10 ft (3.0m)
4 ft (1.3m)
6 ft (1.9m)
10 ft (3.0m)
4 ft (1.3m)
6 ft (1.9m)
10 ft (3.0m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3m)
6 ft (1.9m)
10 ft (3.0m)
4 ft (1.3m)
6 ft (1.9m)
10 ft (3.0m)
4 ft (1.3m)
6 ft (1.9m)
10 ft (3.0m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
Cat. No.
140G-G-FCX04
140G-G-FCX06
140G-G-FCX10
140G-G-FCS04
140G-G-FCS06
140G-G-FCS10
140G-G-FMX04
140G-G-FMX06
140G-G-FMX10
140G-H-FCX04
140G-H-FCX06
140G-H-FCX10
140G-H-FCS04
140G-H-FCS06
140G-H-FCS10
140G-H-FMX04
140G-H-FMX06
140G-H-FMX10
140G-I-FCX04
140G-I-FCX06
140G-I-FCX10
140G-I-FCS04
140G-I-FCS06
140G-I-FCS10
140G-I-FMX04
140G-I-FMX06
140G-I-FMX10
140G-J-FCX04
140G-J-FCX06
140G-J-FCX10
140G-J-FCS04
140G-J-FCS06
140G-J-FCS10
140G-J-FMX04
140G-J-FMX06
140G-J-FMX10
140G-K-FCX04
140G-K-FCX06
140G-K-FCX10
140G-K-FCS04
140G-K-FCS06
140G-K-FCS10
140G-K-FMX04
140G-K-FMX06
140G-K-FMX10
Accessories
Description
Frame Size
Handle Type
Non-metallic Handle, Type 1/3/12/4/4X
• For use with NEMA-style flange
enclosures.
• Includes handle, MCCB operator, cable,
and necessary hardware.
• Pre-assembled for ease of installation.
• Replacement Hardware is listed on
page 73
M
Stainless Steel Handle, Type 4/4X
Painted Metal Handle, Type 1/12
Cable Length
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
4 ft (1.3 m)
6 ft (1.9 m)
10 ft (3.0 m)
Cat. No.
140G-M-FCX04
140G-M-FCX06
140G-M-FCX10
140G-M-FCS04
140G-M-FCS06
140G-M-FCS10
140G-M-FMX04
140G-M-FMX06
140G-M-FMX10
140G-N-FCX04
140G-N-FCX06
140G-N-FCX10
N
Non-metallic Handle, Type 1/3/12/4/4X
M
—
—
140G-BML
N
—
—
140G-BNL
Left-hand flange-mount bracket
• relocates cable to left side
• ideal for enclosures less than 15 in.
(38.1 cm) deep
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
69
Accessories
Bulletin 1494V Variable Depth Flange-Mounted
Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism
Components
Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanism
The mechanism listed must be combined with a connecting rod, operating handle, and a circuit breaker (supplied by customer)
to obtain a functional device.
3-Pole Circuit Breaker(1)
Frame Size [A]
125, 225, 250
400
Frame Size
G, H, I, J
K
Operating Mechanism
Cat. No.
1494V-M70
1494V-M71
800, 1200
M, N
1494V-M72
(1) Circuit breakers to be provided by customer.
Connecting Rods
Circuit Breaker Frame Size [A]
125, 150, 225, 250
400
800, 1200
70
Enclosure Working Depth [in. (mm)]
Minimum
Maximum
6-3/4 (172)
21-5/8 (549)
21-5/8 (549)
8-1/2 (216)
1494V-RA4
1494V-RA4
9-1/2 (241)
1494V-RB4
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
23 (584)
Cat. No.
Accessories
Operating Handle
Handle Type
Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
Type 1, 3R, 4, 12
Type 4, 4X
Type 1, 3R, 4, 12
Type 4, 4X
Description
Nonmetallic
Painted Metal
Stainless Steel
Painted Metal
Stainless Steel
Circuit Breaker Frame Size [A]
125, 150, 250, 400
125, 150, 250, 400
125, 150, 250, 400
800, 1200
800, 1200
Operating Handle Cat. No.
1494F-P1
1494F-M1
1494F-S1
1494F-M2
1494F-S2
Auxiliary Contacts
Description
For Use With
Auxiliary Contact Kit for Circuit Breakers (includes
contacts and adapter)
125…1200 A Allen-Bradley Bul. 140G Circuit Breakers
Contact Type
1 N.O.
1 N.C.
Cat. No.
1495-N85
1495-N86
Description
For Use With
Cat No.
Insulation Kit
140G-G, 140MG-G
140G-H, 140MG-H
140G-I, 140MG-I
140G-J, 140MG-J
1495-N87
Additional Accessories
Description
Trip Test Unit
Frame Size
All
G, I
H, J
N
NS
R
K
Cat. No.
140G-ELTT
140G-G-PL
140G-H-PL
140G-N-PL
140G-NS-PL
140G-R-PL
140G-K-TPA
Padlocking Flange
Supplied with toggle extension and escutcheon. Lock-OFF only
M
140G-M-TPA
Direct Mechanical Lock to Door
N
140G-N-SINT
Padlockable Handle Block
Padlocking Hasp
Lock-OFF only
Description
DIN Rail Adapter
Adapts to 35 mm DIN Rail
Frame Size
G
H, J
3-Pole Cat. No.
140G-G-DRA
140G-H-DRA
4-Pole Cat. No.
140G-G-DRA4
140G-H-DRA
I
140G-I-DRA
140G-I-DRA4
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
71
Accessories
Description
Escutcheon Plates
Finish Frame with Marking provision window. For flush
mounted (to door) MCCB applications.
IP54 Door protection
Transparent plastic cover flush mounted to the enclosure
door. Mounted on hinges and provided with a keyed lock.
Frame Size
G
H
I
J
K
M
N, NS
R
N, NS
3-Pole Cat. No.
140G-G-EP3
140G-H-EP3
140G-I-EP3
140G-J-EP3
140G-K-EP
140G-M-EP
140G-N-EP
140G-R-EP
140G-N-BC12
R
Description
Adapter Plate for replacement of 140U/140M, Frames G, H, and J
4-Pole Cat. No.
140G-G-EP4
140G-H-EP4
140G-I-EP4
140G-J-EP4
140G-R-BC12
For Use With
140U-G to 140G-G
140U-H to 140G-G
140U-H to 140G-H
140U-J to 140G-J
Cat. No.
140G-G-PRA
140G-J-PRA
140G-K-CC
72
Panel Mount Terminal for customer wiring connection of maintenance mode MCCBs
K, M
Connector to mount shunt release in 3rd pole pocket for a 4-pole MCCB
K, M (4-pole only)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
140G-K-CIC
140G-K-CC2
Replacement Parts
Photos in this section are representative. Appearance of actual product may differ from the photo shown.
Replacement Parts, G…NS Frames
Description
Replacement End Cap Kits
• End Caps are supplied as standard for G, H,I,J,K,M,N & NS frames. Provide connections for ring type or
bolt-on terminals.
• Pkg qty. 3 or 4
Insulators
Supplied as standard for G, H, I, J, K, and M frames. Provide insulating barrier for MCCB applications, required
for all applications with a Ue>440V. Pkg Qty 10.
Frame
Size
G
H
I
J
K
M
N
H
J
K
3-Pole Cat. No.
4-Pole Cat. No.
140G-G-ECM
140G-H-ECM
140G-I-ECM
140G-J-ECM
140G-K-ECM
140G-M-ECM
140G-N-ECM
140G-H-BP3
140G-J-BP3
140G-K-BP3
140G-G-ECM4
140G-H-ECM4
140G-I-ECM4
140G-J-ECM4
140G-K-ECM4
140G-M-ECM4
140G-N-ECM4
140G-H-BP4
140G-J-BP4
140G-K-BP4
M
140G-M-BP3
140G-M-BP4
G, I
H, J
K
M
140G-G-MH3(1)
140G-H-MH4 (1)
140G-K-MH4 (3)
140G-M-MH4 (3)
140G-G-MH4(2)
140G-H-MH4(1)
140G-K-MH4(3)
140G-M-MH4(3)
N, NS
140G-N-MH4 (3)
140G-N-MH4(3)
Replacement Mounting Hardware
Metric threads
(1) Pkg. Qty. 2
(2) Pkg. Qty. 3
(3) Pkg. Qty.4
Replacement Parts for Flex Cable Operator
Description
Non-metallic Flange Handle with mounting hardware
Stainless Steel Flange Handle with mounting hardware
Painted Metal Flange Handle with mounting hardware
Long non-metallic Flange Handle with mounting hardware
Flange Handle hardware
Actuator mounting hardware
Frame Size
G, H, I, K, M
N
G, H, I, K
G, I
H, J
K
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Cat. No.
140G-P1
140G-S1
140G-M1
140G-P2
140G-FH1
140G-BH1
140G-BH2
140G-BH3
73
Replacement Parts
Replacement Parts, R Frame
Internal Electrical Accessories
Auxiliary/Trip Unit Contact (AX1/AX2/AX3/AX4)
• Auxiliary Contacts (AX) : Indicate ON/OFF status of the MCCB.
• AX are Form C-style switches for internal MCCB wiring and are terminated with a 3-pin quick connector.
Description
Designation
Diagram
(page 58)
Frame Size
Cat. No.
(3) Auxiliary contacts, 400V, (1) auxiliary contact, 24V
AX1/AX2/AX3/AX4
K
R
140G-R-EA3A1J
Shunt Trip (SNT)
• Allows remote tripping of the MCCB by applying control voltage to the shunt trip coil.
• Wired internal to the breaker and terminated with a 3-pin quick connector.
Description
24V DC
48V AC/DC
110…120V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
380…400V AC
Diagram
Frame Size
See page 58
R
Cat. No.
140G-R-SNJ
140G-R-SNKY
140G-R-SND
140G-R-SNA
140G-R-SNB
Shunt Close (SNC)
• Allows remote closing of the MCCB when the spring motor is charged.
The shunt close unit is wired internal to the MCCB and terminated with a 3-pin quick connect.
Description
24V AC/DC
48V AC/DC
110…120V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
380…400V AC
Diagram
Frame Size
See page 58
R
Cat. No.
140G-R-SNCJ
140G-R-SNCKY
140G-R-SNCD
140G-R-SNCA
140G-R-SNCB
Undervoltage Release (UVR)
•
•
•
•
Opens the MCCB when supply voltage drops below 0.7 of the UV relay, with a trip rating from 0.7…0.35.
The MCCB can be reset when the supply voltage is higher than 0.85 of the relay rating.
When the UV is de-energized it is not possible to close the main contacts on the MCCB.
R Resistor is supplied with the MCCB when reset is required.
Description
24V AC/DC
60V AC/DC
110…120V AC/DC
220…240V AC/DC
380…400V AC
415…440V AC
74
Diagram
Frame Size
See page 66
R
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Cat. No.
140G-R-UVJ
140G-R-UVKY
140G-R-UVD
140G-R-UVA
140G-R-UVB
140G-R-UVC
Replacement Parts
Additional Replacement Parts
Description
Spring Charging Motor
Frame Size
220…250V DC
110…130V AC/DC
24…30V DC
48…60V AC/DC
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
R
Cat. No.
140G-R-SCMA
140G-R-SCMD
140G-R-SCMJ
140G-R-SCMKY
75
Replacement Parts
Notes:
76
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Specifications
Bulletin 140G Specifications
G-Frame
H-Frame
I-Frame
Max. Rated Current
[A]
125 / 160 (IEC version with a 160 A Icu rating)
125 / 160 (IEC version with a 160 A Icu rating)
225
Rated insulation voltage, Ui, IEC
[V]
800
1000
800
NEMA, UL, CSA Ratings
Interrupting Rating Code— These ratings have not been tested for the
CCC listing
G2
G3
G6
H2
H3
H6
H0
H15
I2
I3
240V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
50
65
100
65
100
150
200
200
50
65
480V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
25
35
65
25
35
65
100
150
25
35
600Y/347V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
10
14
25
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
600V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
—
—
—
14
18
25
35
42
25
35
IEC 60947-2 Ratings
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz— These ratings have not
been tested for the CCC listing
[kA]
65
85
100
65
85
100
150
200
50
85
380V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
36
50
70
36
50
70
120
150
30
50
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
36
50
70
36
50
70
120
150
36
50
440V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
36
50
65
36
50
65
100
150
25
40
500V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
30
36
50
30
35
50
60
70
20
30
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
22
35
35
20
25
30
36
50
13
20
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
6
8
10
10
12
15
18
20
5
8
250V DC- 2 poles in series, thermal-mag trip units only [kA]
36
50
70
36
50
70
85
100
36
50
500V DC- 3 poles in series, thermal-mag trip units only [kA]
36 (4 poles in
series)
36
50
70
85
100
36
50
50 (4 poles in 70 (4 poles in
series)
series)
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
75% (50)
75%
75%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
50%
380V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
75%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
50% (27)
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
50%(1)
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
50% (27)
440V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
50%
50%
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
50%
500V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
50%
50%
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
50%
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
50%
50%
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
50%
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
75%
50%
50%(1)
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
75%
50%
250V DC- 2 poles in series, thermal-mag trip units only % Icu
500V DC- 3 poles in series, thermal-mag trip units only % Icu
100%
100%
75%(1)
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
100%
100%
75%(1)
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
(1) See Table 1.
Table 1 - Ics Ratings for 15, 16, and 20 A G-Frame Devices
400…415V
690V
250V DC
500V DC
100%
75%
100%
100%
Ics
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life @ 415V (AC)
G-Frame
H-Frame
I-Frame
[No. of Operations]
25000
25000
25000
[Operations/hour]
240
240
240
[No. of Operations]
8000
8000
8000
[Operations/hour]
120
120
120
Cu 75ºC
Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
Wire Temperature Rating (Wire Temperature Rating is determined by testing the circuit breaker under full
load current with the conductors sized for 75°C)
Ambient Temperature w/out derating
Storage Temperature
Dimensions
Width/Depth/Height
104ºF [40ºC]
104ºF [40ºC]
104ºF [40ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
3-pole [mm]
76.2 x 70 x 130
90 x 82.5 x 130
105 x 70 x 150
4-pole [mm]
101.6 x 70 x 130
120 x 82.5 x 130
140 x 70 x 150
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
77
Specifications
J-Frame
K-Frame
Max. Rated Current
[A]
250
400
M-Frame
800
Rated insulation voltage, Ui, IEC
[V]
1000
1000
1000
NEMA, UL, CSA Ratings
Interrupting Rating Code(1)
J2
J3
J6
J0
K3
K6
K0
K15
M5
M6
M0
240V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
65
100
150
200
100
150
200
200
100
200
200
480V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
25
35
65
100
35
65
100
150
50
65
100
600V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
14
18
25
35
25
35
65
100
25
35
42
500V DC- 2 poles in series (2)
[kA]
—
—
—
—
35
50
65
100
—
—
—
600V DC - 3 poles in series(2)
[kA]
—
—
—
—
25
35
50
65
20
35
50
IEC 60947-2 Ratings
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz(3)
[kA]
65
85
100
150
85
100
200
200
85
100
200
380V AC, 50/60 Hz (AC)
[kA]
36
50
70
120
50
70
120
200
50
70
100
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
36
50
70
120
50
70
120
200
50
70
100
440V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
36
50
65
100
40
65
100
180
45
50
80
500V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
30
36
50
60
30
50
85
150
35
50
65
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
20
25
45
50
25
40
70
100
25
35
42
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
10
12
15
20
25
40
70
100
22
25
30
250V DC- 2 poles in series(2)
[kA]
36
50
70
85
50
70
100
150
50
70
100
500V DC- 2 poles in series (2)
[kA]
36
50
70
85
36
50
70
100
35
50
65
500V DC- 3 poles in series(2)
[kA]
36
50
70
85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
750V DC- 3 poles in series(2)
[kA]
—
—
—
—
25
36
50
70
20
36
50
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
380V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
440V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
500V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%(80kA)
75% (18kA)
50% (19kA)
50% (22.5kA)
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
75%
75%
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
75%
75%
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
75%
75%
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
% Icu
—
—
—
—
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
75%
75%
250V DC- 2 poles in series(2)
500V DC- 2 poles in series(2)
500V DC- 3 poles in series(2)
750V DC- 3 poles in series(2)
(1) Explanation of Interrupting Code. Example: code G2, G=G-Frame; 2= 25 kA@480V. See product selection for complete ratings
(2) DC rating is applicable for thermal-magnetic trip units only
(3) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life @ 415V (AC)
J-Frame
K-Frame
M-Frame
[No. of Operations]
25000
20000
20000
[Operations/hour]
240
120
120
[No. of Operations]
8000
7000 (400 A)/5000 (600 A)
7000 (600…630 A) /5000 (800 A)
[Operations/hour]
Wire Temperature Rating(1)
Ambient Temperature w/out derating
60
60
Al or Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
104ºF [40ºC]
104ºF [40ºC]
104ºF [40ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
3-pole [mm]
105 x 82.5 x 160
140 x 108.5 x 205
210 x 103.5 x 268
4-pole [mm]
140 x 82.5 x 160
185 x 103.5 x 205
280 x 103.5 x 268
Storage Temperature
Dimensions
Width/Depth/Height
120
Al or Cu 75ºC
(1) Wire Temperature Rating is determined by testing the circuit breaker under full load current with the conductors sized for 75°C
78
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Specifications
Max. Rated Current
[A]
Rated insulation voltage, Ui, IEC
[V]
N, NS-Frame
R-Frame
1200
2000/2500/3000
1000
1000
NEMA, UL, CSA Ratings
Interrupting Rating Code(1)
N5
N6
N0
R12
240V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
65
100
150
125
480V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
50
65
100
125
600V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
25
50
65
100
IEC 60947-2 Ratings
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz(2)
[kA]
85
100
200
130
380V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
50
70
120
80
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
50
70
120
80
440V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
50
65
100
80
500V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
40
50
85
40
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
30
50
65
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
30
42
50
40
100%
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
380V AC, 50/60 Hz (AC)
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
440V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
500V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
75%
100%
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
75%(30kA)
50%(31.5kA)
50% (37.5kA)
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
75%
75%
100%
(1) Explanation of Interrupting Code. Example: code G2, G=G-Frame; 2= 25 kA@480V. See product selection for complete ratings
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life @ 415V (AC)
N-, NS-Frame
R-Frame
[No. of Operations]
10000
15000
[Operations/hour]
60
60
[No. of Operations]
2000
4500 (2000 A) /4000 (2500 A)/3000 (3200 A)
[Operations/hour]
Wire Temperature Rating(1)
Ambient Temperature w/out derating
60
Al or Cu 75ºC
104ºF [40ºC]
104ºF [40ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
-40...176ºF [-40…+80ºC]
3-pole [mm]
210 x 154 (N)/178 (NS) x 268
427 x 282 x 382
4-pole [mm]
280 x 154 (N)/178 (NS) x 268
553 x 282 x 382
Storage Temperature
Dimensions
Width/Depth/Height
60
Al or Cu 75ºC
(1) Wire Temperature Rating is determined by testing the circuit breaker under full load current with the conductors sized for 75°C
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
79
Specifications
MCP Performance Characteristics
[A]
Frame Size
Poles
G-Frame
H-Frame
I-Frame
J-Frame
K-Frame
M-Frame
N-Frame
125
125
225
250
400
800
1200
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
100…150
150…250
300 & 400
600 & 800
1200(1)
800
1000
1000
1000
1000
Instantaneous Trip Settings
[A]
3…125
3...125
Rated insulation voltage, Ui IEC
[V]
800
1000
NEMA, UL, CSA Ratings
UL 489 Instantaneous Trip Circuit Breaker (Magnetic Only) Max SCCR. Combination Controller Rating (2)
480V AC
[kA]
65
65
35
65
65
65
—
600Y/347V AC
[kA]
25
—
10
—
—
—
—
600V AC
[kA]
—
25
—
25
35
35
—
IEC 60947-2 GB14048.2 Ratings
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
220-230V AC(3)
[kA]
65(4)
100(4)
85
100
100
100
100
415V AC
[kA]
36(4)
70(4)
50
70
70
70
70
440V AC(3)
[kA]
36(4)
65 (4)
40
65
65
50
65
500V AC
[kA]
30(4)
50 (4)
30
50
50
50
50
525V AC
[kA]
22(4)
30 (4)
20
45
40
25
42
690V AC
[kA]
6 (4)
15 (4)
6
15
40
25
42
(DC) 250V - 2 poles in series
[kA]
36(4)
36 (4)
50
70
—
—
—
(DC) 500V - 3 poles in series
[kA]
—
36 (4)
50
70
—
—
—
75%(4)
100% (4)
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100% (4)
100%(4)
50% (27)
100%
100%
100%
100%
50%(4)
100% (4)
50% (27)
100%
100%
100%
100%
50% (4)
100% (4)
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
50% (4)
100% (4)
50%
100%
100%
75%
75%
75% (4)
100% (4)
50%
100%
100%
75%
75%
—
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
220-230V AC(3)
% Icu
415V AC
% Icu
440V AC(3)
% Icu
500V AC
% Icu
525V AC
% Icu
690V AC
% Icu
(DC) 250V - 2 poles in series
% Icu
100%(4)
100% (4)
75%
100%
—
—
(DC) 500V - 3 poles in series
% Icu
—
100% (4)
75%
100%
—
—
—
25000
25000
25000
25000
20000
20000
10000
[No. of Ops]
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life @ 415V (AC)
[Ops /Hour]
240
240
240
240
120
120
60
[No. of Ops]
8000
8000
8000
8000
7000
5000
2000
[Ops /Hour]
Wire Temperature Rating(5)
Ambient Temperature w/out derating
120
120
120
120
60
60
60
Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
104ºF (40ºC)
104ºF (40ºC)
104ºF (40ºC)
104ºF (40ºC)
104ºF (40ºC)
104ºF (40ºC)
104ºF (40ºC)
Operating Temperature
-13…+158ºF
(-25…+70ºC)
-13…+158ºF
(-25…+70ºC)
-13…+158ºF
(-25…+70ºC)
-13…+158ºF
(-25…+70ºC)
-13…+158ºF
(-25…+70ºC)
-13…+158ºF
(-25…+70ºC)
-13…+158ºF
(-25…+70ºC)
Storage Temperature
-40...158ºF
(-40…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF
(-40…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF
(-40…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF
(-40…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF
(-40…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF
(-40…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF
(-40…+70ºC)
Dimensions
[Width/Depth/Height]
[mm]
76.2 x 70 x 130
90 x 82.5 x 130
105 x 70 x 150
105 x 82.5 x 160
140 x 108.5 x 205
210 x 103.5 x 268
210 x 154 x 268
[inches]
3 x 2.76 x 5.12
3.54 x 3.25 x 5.12
4.13 x 2.76 x 5.9
4.13 x 3.25 x 6.3
5.51 x 4.27 x 8.07
8.27 x 4.07 x 10.55
8.27 x 6.06 x 10.55
Weight (approx.)
[lb. (kg)]
2.4 (1.1)
2.6 (1.2)
3.7 (1.7)
5.5 (2.5)
7.2 (3.25)
21 (9.5)
21.4 (9.7)
(1) Adjustable between 1…10x motor FLA. Value based on 1200 A rating plug.
(2) The Short Circuit value is based on a combined of MCP, motor contactor and overload relay as a UL60497-4-1 Type D Combination Motor Controller. See the Global Short Circuit Current Ratings Tables, or contact your local
Rockwell Automation sales office or Allen-Bradley distributor,.
(3) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing.
(4) See Table 2
(5) Wire Temperature Rating is determined by testing the circuit breaker under full load current with the conductors sized for 40°C
Table 2 - Ics/Ics Ratings, 3…7 A, G- and H-Frame
230V
415V
440V
500V-525V
690V
250V DC
500V DC (H-Frame only)
Icu
5
5
3
3
3
5
5
Ics %
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Specifications
MPCB Performance Characteristics
H-Frame
J-Frame
Max. Rated Current
[A]
100
150
Rated insulation voltage, Ui, IEC
[V]
1000
1000
NEMA, UL, CSA Ratings
Interrupting Rating Code(1)
H8
J8
240V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
150
150
480V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
65
65
600V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
25
25
IEC 60947-2 Ratings
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz(2)
[kA]
100
100
380V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
70
70
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
70
70
440V AC, 50/60 Hz(2)
[kA]
65
65
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
15
45
550V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
15
45
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
[kA]
15
15
250V DC- 2 poles in series
[kA]
70
70
500V DC- 3 poles in series
[kA]
70
70
220…230V AC, 50/60 Hz(2)
% Icu
100%
100%
380V AC, 50/60 Hz
100%
100%
400…415V AC, 50/60 Hz(2)
% Icu
% Icu
100%
100%
440V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
525V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
550V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
690V AC, 50/60 Hz
% Icu
100%
100%
250V DC- 2 poles in series
% Icu
100%
100%
500V DC- 3 poles in series
% Icu
100%
100%
[No. of Operations]
25000
25000
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
Mechanical Life
Electrical Life @ 415V (AC)
[Operations/hour]
240
240
[No. of Operations]
8000
8000
[Operations/hour]
Wire Temperature Rating(3)
Ambient Temperature w/out derating
Operational Temperature
Storage Temperature
120
120
Cu 75ºC
Al or Cu 75ºC
104ºF (40ºC)
104ºF (40ºC)
-13...158ºF (-25…+70ºC)
-13...158ºF (-25…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF (-40…+70ºC)
-40...158ºF (-40…+70ºC)
Dimensions
Width/Depth/Height
[mm]
90 x 82.5 x 130
105 x 82.5 x 160
[in.]
3.54 x 3.25 x 5.12
4.13 x 3.25 x 6.3
Weight (approx.)
[lb. (kg)]
2.6 (1.2)
5.5 (2.5)
(1) Explanation of Interrupting Code. Example: code H8, H=H-Frame; 8= 65 kA@480V. See product selection for complete ratings
(2) These ratings have not been tested for the CCC listing
(3) Wire Temperature Rating is determined by testing the circuit breaker under full load current with the conductors sized for 75°C
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
81
Specifications
Notes:
82
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G/MG G-Frame
Dimensions are in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Figure 5 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
101.2 (3.98) (4P)
83 (3.27)
96 (3.77)
78 (3.07)
38.1 (1.5)
25
25
(0.98) (0.98) 25
(0.98)
65
(2.56)
70 (2.76)
1 (0.04)
14
(0.55)
130
(5.12)
41
(1.61)
1 (0.04)
1 (0.04)
‡ Overall dimensions of optional side covers.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
16
(0.63)
45
(1.77)
Description
With escutcheon
1.1 N•m
Without escutcheon
45
(1.77)
71 (2.79)
A
74 (2.91)
71 (2.80)
79 (3.11)
≤2
(0.08)
≥ 3 (0.11)
76.2 (3) (3P)
No. of Poles
3…4
3…4
3…4
101 (3.97)
Figure 6 - DIN Rail Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
101.2 (3.98) (4P)
83.5 (3.29)
76.2 (3) (3P)
71.5 (2.81)
25
25
25
(0.98) (0.98) (0.98)
1.5 (0.06)
21.5 (0.85)
5.5
(0.22)
107
(4.21)
130
(5.12)
35
(1.37)
⋆ Mounting bracket.
‡ Overall dimensions of optional side covers.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
♣ Optional front cover for DIN Rail.
♠ Flexible insulator.
45
(1.77)
1.1 N•m
1 (0.04)
1 (0.04)
1 (0.04)
38.1 (1.5)
102.5 (4.04)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
83
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 7 - Drilling Template for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
53.5 (2.10)
53.5 (2.10)
25 (0.98)
107 (4.21)
107 (4.21)
4.5 (0.177) -M4
4.5 (0.177) -M4
3 Poles
4 Poles
Figure 8 - Cat. Nos. 140G-G-ECM, -ECM4 Terminals
Max. 16 (0.63)
24.5
(0.96)
11 (0.43)
Max. 5 (0.2)
6.5 (0.26)
6 N•m
Max. 7.5 (0.3)
⋆ End cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
♠ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
65 (2.56)
57.5 (2.26)
Figure 9 - Cat. Nos. 140G-G-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Terminals
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
24.5
(0.96)
25
(0.98)
5 (0.2)
17
(0.67)
~100
(3.94)
8.5
(0.33)
6 N•m
171 (6.73)
130
(5.11)
190 (7.48)
‡ Extended terminals
§ Optional Terminal covers with IP40 protection provided
Δ Required 100 mm insulating phase barriers provided
 Internal insulating plate required with phase barriers (customer provided) when mounted
through the enclosure door
50
(1.97)
84
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 10 - Cat. Nos. 140G-G-EXS3, -EXS4 Spreader Terminals
145 (5.71)
40 (1.57)
40 (1.57)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
120 (4.72)
40 (1.57)
25
(0.98)
47.5 (1.87)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
8.5
(0.33)
24.5
(0.96)
47.5 (1.87)
25
(0.98)
5 (0.2)
♠ Extended spread terminals
for busbar connection
♦ Required 200 mm insulating
phase barriers provided
25
(0.98)
~200
(7.87)
~200
(7.87)
6 N•m
107.5
(4.23)
117.5
(4.63)
107.5
(4.23)
117.5
(4.63)
Figure 11 - Cat. Nos. 140G-G-TLC13, 140G-G-TLC14 Terminals (Copper Only Lug)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
24.5
(0.96)
25
(0.98)
12 x 12 (0.47 x 0.47)
7 N•m
‡ Terminals.
57.5 (2.26)
Figure 12 - Cat. No. 140G-G-MTL63, -MTL64 Terminal (Multi-Cable Terminal Lug)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
7 N•m
50
(1.97)
65
(2.56)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
71.5
(2.81)
46.5 (1.83)
34
(1.34)
21.5
(0.85)
8.2
(0.32)
♣ Required terminal covers with IP40 protection
provided
Δ Terminal lugs for multi-cable connection
10
(0.39)
20
31.5
(0.79) 29
(1.14) (1.24)
6 N•m
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
85
Approximate Dimensions
Det. “A”
Ø 3.5 (0.14)
Figure 13 - Cat. No. 140G-G-RMB or 140G-G-RMY Direct Rotary Operating Handle
80°
159.25 (6.27)
101.2 (3.98) 4P
113.75 (4.48)
76.2 (3) 3P
14.5
(0.57)
110 (4.33)
38.1 (1.5)
70 (2.76)
2 (0.08)
14
(0.55)
Drilling: See Detail “A”
1.1 N•m
14.5
(0.57)
14.5
(0.57)
‡ Rotary handle operating mechanism
on molded case circuit breaker.
♣ Door drilling template with direct
rotary handle.
♦ Required 25 mm insulating phase
barriers provided.
59.5 52.8
(2.34) (2.08)
88
(3.46)
130
(5.12)
≤ 2 (0.08)
≥ 3 (0.12)
Min. door
rotation radius
81 (3.19)
R min. 200 (7.87)
108 (4.25)
Figure 14 - 140G-H-RVM... Minimum/Maximum Enclosure Depth
Enclosure Depth
Minimum
1
12 in. Shaft
21 in. Shaft
12 in. Shaft w/NFPA
21 in. Shaft w/NFPA
7.25 in. (191 mm)
9 in. (229 mm)
Maximum
17.75 in. (451 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
17.75 in. (451 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
Note: this figure depicts the minimum and maximum enclosure sizes that will
accommodate the MCCB, operator, and handle. See Figure 15 for overall assembly
dimension and handle cutout.
86
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 15 - Cat. No. 140G-G-RVM… Variable Depth Rotary Mechanism
68 (2.68)
12 in. shaft: 289 (11.38)
21 in. shaft: 517.8 (20.38)
161.8 (6.37)
2.0 (0.08)
39
(1.54)
39
(1.54)
130.0
(5.12)
14.5 (0.57)
130.0
(5.12)
14.5 (0.57)
101.2 (3.98)
76.2
(3.00)
3-Pole
Front of Cover
1.8
(0.07)
35.8
(1.41)
10.5
(0.41)
4-Pole
50
(1.97)
ø 35
(ø 1.37)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
ø 35
(ø 1.37)
31.5
(1.23)
63
(2.47)
50
(1.97)
(2) - ø 5.5
(2) - ø (0.22)
(2) - ø 5.5
(2) - ø (0.22)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
87
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 16 - Cat. No. 140G-G-EOP… Motor Operator
101.2 (3.98) 4P
76.2 (3) 3P
12.6 (0.49)
70 (2.76)
1.1 N•m
28.5
(1.12)
130
(5.12)
≤ 2 (0.08)
1.1 N•m
≥ 3 (0.12)
38.1
(1.5)
172 (6.77)
♣ Motor operator.
Δ Door drilling template (without escutcheon).
♦ Door drilling template (with escutcheon)
♠ Cable connection
 Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided
87 (3.42)
77 (3.01)
43.5 (1.71)
38.5 (1.51)
49
(1.93)
49
(1.93)
98
(3.86)
88
108
(4.25)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 17 - Cat. No. 140G-G-ELP1603 Residual Current Release Module for 3-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers
70 (2.76)
101.2 (3.98) 4P
24.5
(0.96)
76.2 (3) 3P
38.1 (1.5)
12 x 12
(0.47 x 0.47)
7 N•m
67
(2.64)
11.5
(0.45)
16
(0.63)
115
(4.53)
45
(1.77)
187
(7.36)
1.1 N•m
Description
25
(0.98)
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
≤2
(0.08)
25
(0.98)
≥ 3 (0.12)
A
74 (2.91)
71 (2.80)
101 (3.98)
⋆ Terminals for ring or busbar connection.
‡ IP40 terminal covers.
§ Drilling template — door with direct rotary
mechanism and escutcheon.
♣ Drilling template — door with direct rotary
mechanism, without escutcheon.
Δ Drilling template — molded case circuit
breaker mounting on mounting plate.
53 (2.08)
25
(0.98)
70
(2.76)
83
(3.27)
No. of
Poles
3
3
53.5
(2.11)
124
(4.88)
105.6 (4.16)
107
(4.21)
36.5
(1.44)
17
(0.67)
47
(1.85)
4.5 (0.18) -M4
113.5 (4.46)
40.5
(1.59)
21
(0.83)
55
(2.16)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
89
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 18 - Cat. No. 140G-G-ELP1604 Residual Current Release Module for 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers
70 (2.76)
131.2 (5.17)
24.5
(0.96)
101.2 (3.98) 4P
38.1 (1.5)
12 x 12
(0.47 x 0.47)
7 N•m
11.5
(0.45)
67
(2.64)
16
(0.63)
115
(4.53)
187
(7.36)
45
(1.77)
1.1 N•m
25
25
(0.98) (0.98)
≤2
(0.08)
25
(0.98)
≥ 3 (0.12)
Description
101 (3.98)
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
A
74 (2.91)
71 (2.80)
70
(2.76)
83
(3.27)
78 (3.07)
25
(0.98)
130.6 (5.14)
25
(0.98)
53.5
(2.11)
36.5
(1.44)
124
(4.88)
17
(0.67)
107
(4.21)
47
(1.85)
4.5 (0.18) -M4
138.5 (5.45)
40.5
(1.59)
21
(0.83)
55
(2.17)
90
No. of
Poles
4
4
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
⋆ End cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
‡ IP40 terminal covers.
§ Drilling template — door with direct rotary
mechanism and escutcheon.
♣ Drilling template — door with direct rotary
mechanism, without escutcheon.
Δ Drilling template — molded case circuit
breaker mounting on mounting plate.
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 19 - G-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator
131.4
(5.17)
63.4
(2.49)
130
(5.12)
181.4
(7.14)
155.7
(6.13)
260.7
(10.26)
68
(2.68)
8.8
(0.34)
26.4 (1.01)
63.4
(2.49)
76.2 3-Pole
(3.00)
52.4
(2.06)
32.3
(1.27)
161.7
(6.37)
111.1
(4.38)
210.8
(8.30)
215.4
(8.48)
267.4
(10.53)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
91
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G/MG H-Frame
Figure 20 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
120 (4.72) [4P]
114 (4.49)
95.5 (3.60)
45 (1.77)
90.5 (3.56)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
82.5 (3.25)
‡ Overall dimensions of optional side covers.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
65
(2.52)
Description
1 (0.04)
16
(0.63)
1 (0.04)
130
(5.11)
With escutcheon
24
(0.94)
41
(1.61)
1 (0.04)
Without escutcheon
73
(2.87)
No. of
Poles
3…4
3…4
3…4
A
86 (3.39)
83.5 (3.29)
91.5 (3.60)
1.1 N•m
45 (1.77)
≥ 3 (0.11)
84 (3.30)
116 (4.57)
90 (3.54) [3P]
≤ 2 (0.08)
‡ Overall dimensions of optional side covers.
Figure 21 - DIN Rail Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
120 (4.72)
90 (3.54)
114 (4.49)
84 (3.31)
95.5 (3.60)
45 (1.77)
45 (1.77)
90.5 (3.56)
82.5 (3.25)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
1.5 (0.06)
65
(2.52)
65
(2.52)
16
(0.63)
3.5
(0.138)
130
(5.11)
24
(0.94)
35
(1.38)
130
(5.11)
45 (1.77)
41
(1.61)
1.1 N•m
45 (1.77)
116 (4.57)
7.5 (0.30)
⋆ Mounting bracket.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
♣ Flexible insulator.
92
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
73
(2.87)
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 22 - Drilling Template for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
15
15
(0.59) (0.59)
45 (1.77)
15
(0.59)
55.5
(2.19)
55.5
(2.19)
111
(4.37)
111
(4.37)
Ø 4.5 (0.18) - M4
Ø 4.5 (0.18) - M4
4 Poles
3 Poles
Figure 23 - Cat. Nos. 140G-H-ECM, -ECM4 Terminals
18
(0.71)
20 (0.79) max.
12 (0.47)
25
(0.98)
65
(2.56)
5 (0.20) max.
Ø 6 (0.24)
6 N•m
7 (0.28) max.
58
(2.28)
⋆ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
‡ End Cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
93
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 24 - Cat. Nos. 140G-H-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Terminals
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
17.5 (0.69)
Ø 8.2 (0.32)
~100
(3.94)
25.5
(1.00)
17.5 (0.69)
Ø 8.2 (0.32)
~100
(3.94)
130
(5.11)
130
(5.11)
50
(1.97)
50
(1.97)
5
(0.20)
6 N•m
180
(7.09)
1 (0.04)
150 (5.90)
120 (4.72)
Ø 4.5 (0.18)
15
(0.59)
15
(0.59)
Ø 4.5 (0.18)
3 Poles
90 (3.54)
45 (1.77)
119
(4.69)
111
(4.37)
4 Poles
119
(4.69)
111
(4.37)
119
(4.69)
119
(4.69)
Ø 2.65 (1.04)
Ø 2.65 (1.04)
§ Extended terminals.
♣Optional terminal covers with IP40 protection provided.
Δ Required 100 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
♦ Supplied insulator panel, required for Ue >440V applications.
♠ Drilling template for 3-pole molded case circuit breaker, Ue>440V (required).
 Drilling template for 4-pole molded case circuit breaker, Ue>440V (required).
94
15
(0.59)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 25 - Cat. Nos. 140G-H-EXS3, -EXS4 Spreader Terminals
165 (6.50)
45 (1.77)
45 (1.77)
135 (5.31)
45 (1.77)
52.5 (2.07)
52.5 (2.07)
25.5 (1.00)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
Ø 10.5 (0.41)
~200
(7.87)
5 (0.20)
1 (0.04)
Ø 10.5 (0.41)
~200
(7.87)
6 N•m
123
(4.84)
108
(4.25)
108
(4.25)
123
(4.84)
165 (6.50)
195 (7.68)
112.5 (4.43)
15 (0.59)
45 (1.77)
15 (0.59)
15 (0.59)
Ø 4.5 (0.18)
Ø 4.5 (0.18)
141
(5.55)
141
(5.55)
55.5
(2.19)
111
(4.37)
111
(4.37)
141
(5.55)
141
(5.55)
Ø 2.65 (0.10)
Ø 2.65 (0.10)
4 Poles
3 Poles
★ Drilling template for 3-pole molded case circuit breaker, Ue>440V (required).
‡ Drilling template for 4-pole molded case circuit breaker, Ue>440V (required).
§ Extended spread terminals.
♣ Required 200 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Δ Supplied insulator panel, required for Ue >440V applications.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
95
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 26 - Cat. Nos. 140G-H-TLC13, -TLC14 Terminals
14 x 14
(0.55 x 0.55)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
25 (0.98)
7 N•m
~25 (0.98)
65
(2.56)
58
(2.28)
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided
♦ Copper terminals.
Figure 27 - Cat. Nos. 140G-H-MTL63, -MTL64 Terminals
14 x 14
(0.55 x 0.55)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
65
(2.56)
25 (0.98)
7 N•m
58
(2.28)
72
(2.83)
6 N•m
115
(4.53)
10
(0.39)
32
29
20
(1.14) (1.26)
(0.71)
10
(0.39)
10
(0.39)
Ø 8.2 (0.32)
15 (0.59)
27.5 (1.08)
40 (1.57)
§ Copper terminals
♦ Multi-cable terminals
96
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
7 N•m
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 28 - Cat. No. 140G-H-RMB, -RMY Direct Rotary Operating Handle
Detail “A”
80°
Ø 3.5
(0.14)
120 (4.72) [4P]
171.8 (6.76)
90 (3.54) [3P]
2 (0.08)
126.3 (4.97)
45.5 (1.79)
14.5 (0.57)
45 (1.77)
14 (0.55)
Drilling: See Detail “A”
1.1 N•m
16.5
(0.65)
16.5
(0.65)
48.8
(1.92)
56
49.3
(2.20) (1.94)
88
(3.46)
130
(5.11)
Min. door
rotation radius
≥ 3 (0.11)
120 (4.72)
81 (3.19)
R min. 200 (7.87)
≤ 2 (0.08)
‡ Rotary handle operating mechanism on molded case circuit breaker
♦ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided
Figure 29 - 140G-H-RVM… Minimum/Maximum Enclosure Depth
Enclosure Depth
1
Minimum
12 in. Shaft
8 in. (205 mm)
21 in. Shaft
12 in. Shaft w/NFPA
9.25 in.
21 in. Shaft w/NFPA (235 mm)
Maximum
18.25 in. (464 mm)
27.25 in. (692 mm)
18.25 in. (464 mm)
27.25 in.(692 mm)
Note: this figure depicts the minimum and maximum enclosure sizes
that will accommodate the MCCB, operator, and handle. See Figure 30
for overall assembly dimensions and cutout..
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
97
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 30 - Cat. No. 140G-H-RVM… Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism
3.17
(80.5)
1
(25.4)
12 in. shaft: 10.75 (274) max.
22 in. shaft: 20.75 (527) max.
6.86
(174.3)
1.44
(36.5)
0.08
(2.0)
1.57
(40.0)
1.57
(40.0)
1.57
(40.0)
5.12
(130.0)
5.12
(130.0)
0.65
(16.5)
0.65
(16.5)
4.88
(124.0)
3.54
(90.0)
3-Pole
4-Pole
1.97
(50)
Front of Cover
ø 1.37
(ø 35)
0.98
(25)
0.98
(25)
0.98
(25)
ø 1.37
(ø 35)
1.23
(31.5)
(2) - ø 0.22
(2) - (ø 5.5)
(2) - ø 0.22
(2) - (ø 5.5)
98
2.47
(63)
1.97
(50)
in.
(mm)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 31 - Cat. No. 140G-H-EOP… Motor Operator
120 (4.72) [4P]
90 (3.54) [3P]
178.3 (7.02)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
45 (1.77)
37.5 (1.48)
82.5 (3.25)
26.5
(1.04)
1.1 N•m
33.5
(1.32)
130
(5.11)
48
(1.89)
28
(1.10)
12
(0.47)
77.3
(3.04)
61.5
(2.42)
≥ 3 (0.11)
1.8 (0.07)
14.8
(0.58)
172 (6.77)
≤ 2 (0.08)
38.8 (1.53)
14.2 (0.56)
15
(0.59)
3 Poles
4 Poles
15
(0.59)
45 (1.77)
15
(0.59)
Ø 4.5 (0.18) - M4
Ø 4.5 (0.18) - M4
55.5
(2.19)
55.5
(2.19)
111
(4.37)
111
(4.37)
⋆ Motor operator
Δ Drilling template for 3-pole molded case circuit breaker, mounted on mounting plate
♦ Drilling template for 4-pole molded case circuit breaker, mounted on mounting plate
♠ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided
Figure 32 - Door Drilling Template
101 (3.98)
91 (3.58)
50.5 (1.99)
45.5 (1.79)
54.7
(2.15)
48.7
(1.92)
91
(3.58)
79
(3.11)
Door drilling template (without escutcheon).
Door drilling template (with escutcheon).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
99
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 33 - H-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator
2.46
(62.6)
5.63
(143.1)
6.12
5.12 (155.4)
(130)
7.12
(180.8)
10.17
(258.4)
3.17
(80.5)
.36
(9)
1.01
(25.6)
2.46
(62.6)
3.54
(90)
(3 Pole)
2.06
(52.4)
6.37
(161.7)
1.27
(32.3)
4.38
(111.1)
8.30
(210.8)
10.53
(267.4)
100
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
8.48
(215.4)
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 34 - Cat. No. 140G-H-ELP1604 Residual Current Release Module
120 (4.72) [4P]
20 (0.79) Max.
18
(0.71)
30 (1.18) 30 (1.18) 30 (1.18)
5 (0.20) max.
45 (1.77)
Ø 6 (0.24)
65
(2.56)
7 max.
(0.28)
15
(0.59)
6 N•m
1.1 N•m
58
(2.28)
55.5
(2.19)
73
66
(2.87) (2.60)
191
(7.52)
205
(8.07)
186
(7.32)
148
(5.83)
58
(2.28)
7 max.
(0.28)
Ø7
(0.28)
18 (0.71) max.
114 (4.49)
18 (0.71)
Ø 4.5 (0.18) - M4
5 (0.20) max.
4 Poles
≤ 2 (0.08)
≥ 3 (0.11)
124 (4.88)
116 (4.57)
47 (1.85)
43 (1.69)
29
(1.14)
25
(0.98)
75
(2.95)
65
(2.56)
158
(6.22)
60
(2.36)
43 (1.69)
116 (4.57)
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
No. of Poles
4
4
A
86 (3.39)
83.5 (3.25)
⋆ Residual current module.
‡ End cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
♠ Drilling template — door with direct rotary mechanism and escutcheon.
▶ Drilling template — door with direct rotary mechanism, without escutcheon.
& Drilling template — molded case circuit breaker mounting on mounting plate.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
101
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G/MG I-Frame
Figure 35 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
83 (3.27)
140 (5.52) [4P]
134.8 (5.31)
78 (3.07)
52.5 (2.07)
35
(1.38)
75
(2.95)
35
(1.38)
70 (2.76)
35
(1.38)
1
(0.04)
1
(0.04)
12.5
(0.49)
10.5
(0.42)
150
(5.90)
41
(1.61)
1
(0.04)
45
(1.77)
1.1 N•m
45
(1.77)
≥3
(0.11)
99.8 (3.93)
≤2
(0.08)
101 (3.98)
105 (4.13) [3P]
‡ Overall dimensions of optional side covers.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phases barriers provided.
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
No. of Poles
3…4
3…4
3…4
A
74 (2.91)
71 (2.80)
79 (3.11)
Figure 36 - DIN Rail Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
82 (3.23)
70 (2.76)
140 (5.52) [4P]
1.5
(0.06)
105 (4.13) [3P]
52.5 (2.07)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
21.5
(0.85)
9
(0.35)
35
(1.38)
45
(1.77)
150
(5.90)
⋆ Mounting bracket.
‡ Optional side covers.
§ Optional front cover for DIN Rail.
1.1 N•m
♣ Required 25 mm insulating phase
barriers provided.
♦ Flexible insulator.
101 (3.98)
7.5 (0.30)
102
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 37 - Drilling Template for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
61
(2.40)
61
(2.40)
122
(4.80)
122
(4.80)
Ø 4.5 (0.18) - M4
Ø 4.5 (0.18) - M4
4 Poles
3 Poles
Figure 38 - Cat. Nos. 140G-I-ECM, -ECM4 Terminals
Max. 16 (0.63)
24.5
(0.96)
11 (0.43)
Max. 5 (0.2)
6.5 (0.26)
Max. 7.5 (0.3)
6 N•m
65 (2.56)
57.5 (2.26)
★ End cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
♠ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Figure 39 - Cat. Nos. 140G-I-EXS3, -EXS4 Terminals ★
130 (5.11)
165 (6.50)
45 (1.77)
45 (1.77)
45 (1.77)
30
(1.18)
30
(1.18)
30
(1.18)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
5
(0.20)
30
(1.18)
30
(1.18)
Ø 10.5 (0.41)
~200
(7.88)
30
(1.18)
25
(0.98)
30
(1.18)
6
(0.24)
Ø 10.5 (0.41)
~200
(7.88)
6 N•m
118
(4.65)
133
(5.24)
133
(5.24)
118
(4.65)
♣ Extended spread terminals.
♦ Required 200 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
★Ue >440V requires supplied insulator panel (not shown in illustration).
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
103
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 40 - Cat. Nos. 140G-I-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Terminals
35 (1.38)
35 (1.38)
35 (1.38)
25
(0.98)
19.5 (0.77)
6
(0.24)
17.5 (0.69)
Ø 10 (0.39)
~100
(3.93)
6 N•m
202
(7.95)
150
(5.91)
230
(9.06)
60
(2.36)
‡ Extended terminals
§ Optional terminal covers with IP40 protection provided
Δ Required 100 mm insulating phase barriers provided
Figure 41 - Cat. Nos. 140G-I-TLA1A3, -TLA1A4 Terminals
35 (1.38)
35 (1.38)
35 (1.38)
33.5 (1.32)
Ø 17 (0.67)
25
(0.98)
31 N•m
75
(2.96)
58
(2.28)
★ 30…150 mm2 terminals.
‡ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Figure 42 - Cat. Nos. 140G-I-TLA3, -TLA4 Terminals
28 (1.10)
35 (1.38) 35 (1.38) 35 (1.38)
18 x 18
(0.71 x 0.71)
★Terminals for AlCu wire.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
30 N•m
75
(2.95)
104
58
(2.28)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 43 - Cat. Nos. 140G-I-TLC13, -TLC14 Terminals
28 (1.10)
18 x 18
(0.71 x 0.71)
10 N•m
58
(2.28)
♦ Terminals for copper wire.
& Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Figure 44 - Cat. Nos. 140G-I-MTL63, -MTL64 Terminals
82
(3.23)
8 N•m
135
(5.31)
15
(0.59)
15
(0.59)
28
(1.10)
7 N•m
Ø 8.2 (0.32)
26.5
(1.04)
45.5 (1.79)
Δ Multi-cable terminal lugs.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers. Optional terminal covers with IP40 protection provided.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
105
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 45 - Cat. No. 140G-G-RMB, -RMY Direct Rotary Operating Handle (For I- and G-Frame Molded Case Circuit
Breaker)
140 (5.51) [4P]
159.25 (6.27)
110 (4.33)
70 (2.76)
105 (4.13) [3P]
52.5 (2.07)
Ø 3.5 (0.14)
80°
1.1 N•m
11
(0.43)
11
(0.43)
150
(5.91)
≥ 3 (0.12)
≤ 2 (0.08)
108 (4.25)
14.5 (0.57)
14 (0.55)
Drilling: See Detail “A”
56
49.3
(2.20) (1.94)
88
(3.46)
Min. door rotation radius
81 (3.19)
R min. 200 (7.87)
‡ Rotary handle operating mechanism on molded case circuit breaker
♣ Door drilling template with direct rotary handle
♦ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided
Figure 46 - 140G-G-RVM… Minimum/Maximum Enclosure Depth (for I-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker)
Enclosure Depth
Minimum
1
12 in. Shaft
21 in. Shaft
12 in. Shaft w/NFPA
21 in. Shaft w/NFPA
7.25 in. (191 mm)
9 in. (229 mm)
Maximum
17.75 in. (451 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
17.75 in. (451 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
Note: this figure depicts the minimum and maximum enclosure sizes that will
accommodate the MCCB, operator, and handle. See Figure 47 for overall assembly
dimensions and handle cutout.
106
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 47 - Cat. No. 140G-G-RVM… Variable Depth Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism (For I-Frame Molded Case
Circuit Breaker)
12 in. shaft: 11.38 (289)
21 in. shaft: 20.38 (517.8)
6.37
(161,8)
0.08
(2,0)
0.61
(15,5)
2.20
(55,9)
2.20
(55,9)
5.91
(150,0)
0.61
(15,6)
Front of Cover
0.08
(2.0)
0.61
(15,5)
5.91
(150,0)
0.20
(5,1)
4.13
(105,0)
5.51
(140,0)
3-Pole
4-Pole
50
(1.97)
ø 35
(ø 1.37)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
25
(0.98)
ø 35
(ø 1.37)
31.5
(1.23)
63
(2.47)
50
(1.97)
mm
(in.)
(2) - ø 5.5
(2) - ø 0.22)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
(2) - ø 5.5
(2) - ø 0.22)
107
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 48 - Cat. No. 140G-G-EOP… Motor Operator (I-Frame)
140 (5.51) [4P]
70 (3.07)
105 (5.31) [3P]
52.5 (2.07)
1.1 N•m
25
(0.98)
150
(5.90)
1.1 N•m
≥ 3 (0.11)
172 (6.77)
≤ 2 (0.08)
♣ Motor operator
♠ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided
Figure 49 - Door Drilling Template
77 (3.03)
87 (3.43)
38.5 (1.52)
43.5 (1.71)
50.5
(1.99)
45.5
(1.79)
108
(4.25)
With Escutcheon
108
98
(3.86)
Without Escutcheon
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 50 - Cat. No. 140G-I-ELP2503 Residual Current Release Module
135 (5.31)
70 (2.76)
18 x 18
(0.71 x 0.71)
105 (4.13) [3P]
19
(0.75)
52.5 (2.07)
10 N•m
19
(0.75)
99.8 (3.93)
77
(3.03)
12.5
(0.49)
45 (1.77)
116
(4.57)
217
(8.54)
45
(1.77)
49.9 (1.96)
1.1 N•m
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
≤2
(0.08)
≥ 3 (0.12)
101 (3.98)
70
(2.76)
83
(3.27)
67.5 (2.66)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
35
(1.38)
61
(2.40)
122
(4.80)
141.5
(5.57)
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
No. of Poles
3
3
A
74 (2.91)
71 (2.80)
★ Terminals for cable connection
‡ Terminal covers with IP40 protection
Δ Drilling template — molded case circuit breaker mounting on mounting plate
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
109
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 51 - Cat. No. 140G-I-ELP2504 Residual Current Release Module for 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers
170 (6.70)
140 (5.51) [4P]
19
(0.75)
52.5 (2.07)
70 (2.76)
18 x 18
(0.71 x 0.71)
10 N•m
19
(0.75)
77
(3.03)
134.8 (5.31)
12.5
(0.49)
45 (1.77)
116
(4.57)
45
(1.77)
223.5
(8.80)
49.9 (1.96)
1.1 N•m
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
≤2
(0.08)
≥ 3 (0.12)
101 (3.98)
70
(2.76)
83
(3.27)
102.5 (4.04)
35
(1.38)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
61
(2.40)
141.5
(5.57)
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
No. of Poles
4
4
122
(4.80)
A
74 (2.91)
71 (2.80)
★ Terminals for cable connection.
‡ Terminal covers with IP40 protection.
Δ Drilling template — molded case circuit breaker mounting on mounting plate.
110
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
35
(1.38)
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 52 - I-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator
5.06
(128.4)
2.38
(60.4)
6.92
(175.7)
5.91
(150)
7.93
(201.4)
10.77
(273.5)
2.68
(68)
.46
(11.7)
.92
(23.4)
2.38
(60.4)
4.13
(105)
(3 Pole)
2.06
(52.4)
1.27
(32.3)
6.37
(161.7)
4.52
(114.7)
8.30
(210.8)
8.48
(215.4)
10.53
(267.4)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
111
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G/MG J-Frame
Figure 53 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
140 (5.51) [4P]
95.5 (3.76)
135 (5.31)
35
(1.38)
80
(3.14)
160
(6.30)
35
(1.38)
90.5 (3.56)
52.5 (2.07)
35
(1.38)
1 (0.04)
82.5 (3.25)
1 (0.04)
24
(0.94)
16
(0.63)
41
(1.61)
1 (0.04)
87
(3.42)
1.1 N•m
45 (1.77)
≤2
(0.08)
≥ 3 (0.12)
100 (3.93)
117 (4.60)
105 (4.13) [3P]
‡ Overall dimensions of optional wiring ducts.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
No. of Poles
3…4
3…4
3…4
A
86 (3.39)
83.5 (3.29)
91.5 (3.60)
Figure 54 - DIN Rail Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
17.5 (0.69)
140 (5.51) [4P]
135 (5.31)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
52.5 (2.07)
35
(1.38)
105 (4.13) [3P]
95.5 (3.76)
52.5 (2.07)
90.5 (3.56)
35
(1.38)
82.5 (3.25)
35
(1.38)
69.5
(2.74)
1.5 (0.06)
80
(3.14)
80
(3.14)
160
(6.30)
16
(0.63)
35
(1.38)
41
(1.61)
3.5
(0.14)
160
(6.30)
1.1 N•m
45 (1.77)
45 (1.77)
117 (4.60)
7.5
(0.30)
★ Mounting bracket
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided
112
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
24
(0.94)
87
(3.42)
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 55 - Drilling Template for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
17.5 (0.69)
52.5 (2.07)
17.5 (0.69)
69.5
(2.74)
17.5 (0.69)
69.5
(2.74)
139
(5.48)
139
(5.48)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
3 Poles
4 Poles
Figure 56 - Cat. Nos. 140G-J-ECM, -ECM4 Terminals
19
(0.75)
24 (0.94) max.
5 (0.20) max.
17.5 (0.69)
25
(0.98)
80
(3.15)
Ø 8 (0.32)
9 (0.35) max.
8 N•m
70
(2.76)
★ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
‡ End cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
113
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 57 - Cat. Nos. 140G-J-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Terminals
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
25
(0.93)
35
(1.38)
19.5 (0.77)
19.5 (0.77)
~100
(3.93)
6
(0.24)
Ø 10 (0.39)
Ø 10 (0.39)
~100
(3.93)
160
(6.30)
160
(6.30)
60
(2.36)
60
(2.36)
3 Poles
17.5
(0.69)
8 N•m
226
(8.90)
1 (0.04)
17.5
(0.69)
4 Poles
52.5
(2.07)
17.5
(0.69)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
140.5
(5.53)
139
(5.47)
Ø 2.65 (0.10)
140.5
(5.53)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
139
(5.47)
140.5
(5.53)
Ø 2.65 (0.10)
140.5
(5.53)
67.5 (2.66)
135 (5.31)
102.5 (4.04)
170 (6.69)
§ Extended terminals.
♣ Optional terminal covers with IP40 protection provided.
Δ Required 100 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
♦ Supplied insulator panel, required for Ue>440V applications.
♠ Drilling template for 3-pole molded case circuit breaker.
Drilling template for 4-pole molded case circuit breaker.
114
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 58 - Cat. Nos. 140G-J-EXS3, -EXS4 Spreader Terminals
165 (6.50)
45 (1.77)
30 (1.18)
45 (1.77)
30 (1.18)
45 (1.77)
5
(0.20)
30 (1.18)
130 (5.12)
50 (1.97)
25
(0.98)
50 (1.97)
6
(0.24)
30 (1.18)
Ø 10.5 (0.41)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
~200
(7.88)
~200
(7.88)
1
(0.04)
30 (1.18)
Ø 10.5 (0.41)
145
(5.71)
8 N•m
130
(5.12)
145
(5.71)
130
(5.12)
3 Poles
4 Poles
155 (6.10)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
77.5 (3.05)
17.5
(0.69)
195 (7.68)
115 (4.52)
52.5 (2.07)
17.5
(0.69)
17.5
(0.69)
163
(6.41)
163
(6.41)
139
(5.47)
139
(5.47)
163
(6.41)
Ø 2.65 (0.10)
163
(6.41)
Ø 2.65 (0.10)
★ Drilling template for 3-pole molded case circuit breaker.
‡ Drilling template for 4-pole molded case circuit breaker.
§ Extended spread terminals.
♣ Required 200 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Δ Supplied insulator panel, required for Ue>440V applications.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
115
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 59 - Cat. Nos. 140G-J-TLA13, -TLA14 Terminal Lugs
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
27.5
(1.08)
35
(1.38)
17 x 17
(0.67 x 0.67)
~25
(0.98)
80
(3.15)
10 N•m
70
(2.76)
★Terminals for aluminum or copper wire.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Figure 60 - Cat. Nos. 140G-J-TLC13, -TLC14 Terminal Lugs
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
27.5
(1.08)
10 N•m
80
(3.15)
70
(2.76)
★ Terminals for copper wire.
♣ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Figure 61 - Cat. Nos. 140G-J-MTL63, -MTL64 Terminals
45.5 (1.79)
35
(1.38)
35
(1.38)
26.5
(1.04)
35
(1.38)
Ø 8.2 (0.32)
7 N•m
15
(0.59)
30
38
(1.18) (1.50)
15
(0.59)
140
(5.51)
94
(3.70)
8 N•m
‡ Multi-cable terminal lugs.
§ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers. Optional terminal covers with IP40 protection provided.
116
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 62 - Cat. No. 140G-H-RMB, -RMY Direct Rotary Operating Handle (For H- and J-Frame Molded Case Circuit
Breaker)
120 (4.72) [4P]
2 (0.08)
80°
171.58 (6.76)
90 (3.54) [3P]
126.3 (4.97)
45 (1.77)
Ø 3.5
(0.14)
45.5 (1.79)
82.5 (3.25)
1.1 N•m
16.5
(0.65)
16.5
(0.65) 48.8
(1.92)
130
(5.12)
≥ 3 (0.12)
120 (4.72)
≤ 2 (0.08)
‡ Rotary handle operating mechanism on molded case circuit breaker.
♦ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Figure 63 - Escutcheon Mount Drill Template.
82 (3.23)
41 (1.61)
14.5 (0.57)
14 (0.55)
2 x Ø 3.5 (0.14)
61.5
(2.42)
55.3
(2.18)
89
(3.50)
R min. 200 (7.87)
Min. Door
Rotation Radius
Figure 64 - 140G-H-RVM… Minimum/Maximum Enclosure Depth (for J-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers)
Enclosure Depth
Minimum
1
12 in. Shaft
21 in. Shaft
12 in. Shaft w/NFPA
21 in. Shaft w/NFPA
8 in. (205 mm)
9.25 in. (235 mm)
Maximum
18.25 in. (464 mm)
27.25 in. (692 mm)
18.25 in. (464 mm)
27.25 in. (692 mm)
Note: this figure depicts the minimum and maximum enclosure sizes that will
accommodate the MCCB, operator, and handle. See Figure 65 for overall
assembly dimensions and handle cutout.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
117
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 65 - Cat. No. 140G-H-RVM… Variable Depth Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism (For J-Frame Molded Case
Circuit Breaker)
3.2
(83)
1
(25.4)
6.86
(174.3)
12 in. shaft: 10.75 (274) max.
22 in. shaft: 20.75 (527) max.
0.08
(2.0)
0.61
(15.5)
1.99
(50.5)
2.09
(53.0)
2.09
(53.0)
6.30
(160.0)
0.65
(16.5)
6.30
(160.0)
0.65
(16.5)
4.13
(105.0)
5.51
(140.0)
3-Pole
4-Pole
1.97
(50)
Front of Cover
ø 1.37
(ø 35)
0.98
(25)
0.98
(25)
0.98
(25)
ø 1.37
(ø 35)
1.23
(31.5)
(2) - ø 0.22
(2) - (ø 5.5)
118
2.47
(63)
1.97
(50)
in.
(mm)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
(2) - ø 0.22
(2) - (ø 5.5)
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 66 - Cat. No. 140G-H-EOP… Motor Operator – For H- & J-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breaker
140 (5.51) [4P]
178.3 (7.02)
105 (4.13) [3P]
35 (1.38) 35 (1.38)
82.5 (3.25)
35 (1.38)
26.5
(1.04)
1.1 N•m
33.5
(1.32)
61.5
(3.42)
28
(1.10)
12
(0.47)
≥ 3 (0.12)
1.7 (0.07)
172 (6.77)
≤ 2 (0.08)
14.8 (0.58)
14.3 (0.56)
38.8 (1.53)
★ Motor operator.
♠ Required 25 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Figure 67 - Door Drilling Template
101 (3.98)
91 (3.58)
50.5 (1.99)
45 (1.79)
49
(1.92)
91
(3.58)
79.5
(3.11)
54.7
(2.15)
With Escutcheon
35
(1.38)
Without Escutcheon
52.5 (2.07)
69.5
(2.74)
69.5
(2.74)
139
(5.47)
139
(5.47)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
3 Poles
§ Door drilling template (with escutcheon).
♣ Door drilling template (without escutcheon).
Δ Drilling template for 3-pole molded case circuit breaker, mounted on mounting plate.
♦ Drilling template for 4-pole molded case circuit breaker, mounted on mounting plate.
17.5 (0.69)
4 Poles
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
119
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 68 - Cat. No. 140G-J-EP2504 Residual Current Release Module for 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers
140 (5.51) [4P]
24 (0.94) max.
35 (1.38)
35 (1.38)
19
(0.75)
35 (1.38)
Ø 8 (0.31)
6 (0.24) max.
52.5 (2.07)
17.5 (0.69)
8 N•m
9 (0.35)
max.
80
(3.15)
70
(2.76)
215
(8.47)
236
(9.29)
87
(3.43)
163
(6.42)
215
(8.47)
81
(3.19)
58
(2.28)
9 (0.35)
max.
1.1 N•m
19
(0.75)
Ø 8 (0.31)
24 (0.94) max.
3 (0.12)
134 (5.28)
Ø 4.5 (0.177) - M4
6 (0.24) max.
≤ 2 (0.08)
≥ 3 (0.12)
145 (5.71)
137 (5.39)
54.5 (2.15)
51 (2.01)
29
(1.14)
25
(0.98)
89
(3.50)
80
(3.15)
173
(6.81)
60
(2.36)
50 (1.97)
136 (5.35)
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
No. of Poles
4
4
A
86 (3.39)
83.5 (3.29)
★Residual current module.
‡ End cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
♠Drilling template — door with direct rotary mechanism with escutcheon.
 Drilling template — door with direct rotary mechanism, without escutcheon.
& Drilling template — molded case circuit breaker mounting on mounting plate.
120
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 69 - J-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator
2.43
(61.6)
5.59
(142.1)
10.62
(269.7)
7.30
6.30 (185.4)
(160)
8.30
(210.8)
3.17
(80.5)
.40
(10)
.97
(24.6)
2.43
(61.6)
4.13
(105)
(3 Pole)
2.06
(52.4)
6.37
(161.7)
1.27
(32.3)
4.52
(114.7)
8.30
(210.8)
10.53
(267.4)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
8.48
(215.4)
121
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G/MG K-Frame
Figure 70 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
139.5 (5.49) [3P]
69.75
(2.75)
46.5
(1.83)
46.5
(1.83)
102.5
(4.04)
2.7
(0.11)
112.5
(4.43)
46.5
(1.83)
103.5
(4.07)
105
(4.13)
2.7
(0.11)
5.5
(0.22)
59.5
(2.34)
105
(4.13)
205
(8.07)
2 N•m
107
(4.21)
186 (7.32) [4P]
≥ 3 (0.12)
≤ 2 (0.08)
139
(5.47)
★ Overall dimensions with optional shunt trip or undervoltage relay installed.
‡ Overall dimensions with optional auxiliary contacts installed.
Figure 71 - Drilling Templates for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
Drilling template for compartment door
Escutcheon for compartment door
115
(4.53)
117
(4.61)
138
(5.43)
76
(2.99)
115
(4.53)
64.5
(2.54)
With escutcheon (3…4 poles)
107
(4.21)
107
(4.21)
60.5
(2.38)
Without escutcheon (3…4 poles)
Drilling template for mounting plate
Ø 5.5 (0.22) -M5
46.5
(1.83)
93
(3.66)
Ø 5.5 (0.22) -M5
88
(3.46)
176
(6.93)
23.25
(0.92)
176
(6.93)
3 poles
122
88
(3.46)
4 poles
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 72 - Cat. Nos. 140G-K-ECM, -ECM4 Terminals
Max. 35
(1.38)
17.5
(0.69)
20
(0.79)
Ø 10.5 (0.41)
Max. 11
(0.43)
Max. 10 Min. 5
(0.39)
(0.2)
28 N•m
86.25
(3.4)
Figure 73 - Cat. Nos. 140G-K-TLC13, -TLC14 Terminals
• 250…500 MCM (120…240 mm2)
Figure 74 - Cat. Nos. 140G-K-TLA23, -TLA24, -TLC23, -TLC24 Terminals
(2) 2/0…250 MCM ((2) 95…120 mm2)
★ Terminal covers with IP40 protection
Figure 75 - Cat. Nos. 140G-K-TLA13, -TLA14 Terminals
• 250…500 MCM (120…240 mm2)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
123
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 76 - Cat. Nos. 140G-K-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Terminals
★ Terminal covers with IP40 protection
‡ Required 100 mm insulating phase barriers provided
Figure 77 - Cat. Nos. 140G-K-EXS3, -EXS4 Spreader Terminals
★ Required 200 mm insulating phase barriers provided
Figure 78 - Cat. No. 140G-K-RMB, -RMY Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism — Door Mounted
★ Rotary handle operating mechanism on molded case
circuit breaker
‡ Padlock device for open position (max. 3 padlocks; user
provided)
§ Dimensions with cabled early make contact
♣ Compartment door lock
124
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 79 - 140G-K-RVM… Minimum/Maximum Enclosure Depth
Enclosure Depth
Minimum
1
12 in. Shaft
21 in. Shaft
12 in. Shaft w/NFPA
21 in. Shaft w/NFPA
9 in. (229 mm)
11 in. (280 mm)
Maximum
17.75 in. (450 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
17.75 in. (450 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
Note: this figure depicts the minimum and maximum enclosure sizes that will
accommodate the MCCB, operator, and handle. See Figure 80 for overall
assembly dimensions and handle cutout.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
125
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 80 - Cat. No. 140G-K-RVM… Variable Depth Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism
4.00
[101.5]
4.80
[122.0]
12 in. shaft: 17.75 (450.8)
21 in. shaft: 26.75 (679.4)
0.01
(0.3)
0.14
(3.5)
0.78
(19.7)
0.92
(23.3)
2.69
(68.3)
2.66
(67.6)
8.07
(205.0)
0.78
(19.7)
8.07
(205.0)
0.80
(20.4)
5.49
(139.5)
7.32
(186.0)
3-Pole
4-Pole
75
(2.95)
37.5
(1.47)
mm
(in.)
37.5
(1.47)
65 ø
(2.56 ø)
75
(2.95)
4 - 5.5 ø
(4) - 0.22 ø)
Front of Cover
★Optional support bracket
126
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 81 - Cat No. 140G-K-EOP... Motor Operator
105
(4.13)
5.5
(0.22)
191.5
(7.54)
1.1 N•m
5.5
(0.22)
59.5
(2.34)
222
(8.74)
≥3
(0.12)
105
(4.13)
≤2
(0.08)
233
(9.17)
★ Additional width with optional shunt trip or UV relay installed.
♦ Additional width with optional auxiliary contacts installed.
Figure 82 - Cat. No. 140G-K-ELP Residual Current Release Module for 4-Pole Molded Case Circuit Breakers
★Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
127
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 83 - K-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator
2.56
(65)
4.00
(101.5)
8.07
(205)
10.82
(274.8)
4.00
(101.5)
1.06
(27)
5.49
(139.5)
(3 Pole)
2.56
(65)
2.06
(52.4)
6.37
(161.7)
1.27
(32.3)
4.52
(114.7)
8.30
(210.8)
10.53
(267.4)
128
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
8.48
(215.4)
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G/MG M-Frame
Figure 84 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
210 (3P)
8.27
2.7
0.11
115
4.53
103.5
4.07
140
= 5.51 =
61.25
2.41
70
2.76
5.5
0.22
2.7
0.11
105
4.13
268
10.55
134
5.28
70
2.76
105
4.13
70
2.76
3
0.12
280 (4P)
11.02
2
0.08
107
4.21
159
6.26
★ Overall dimensions with optional shunt trip or UV relay installed.
‡ Overall dimensions with optional auxiliary contacts installed.
Figure 85 - Drilling Templates for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
149
= 5.87 =
138
5.43
142
= 5.59 =
107
4.21
66.75
2.63
152
= 5.98 =
62.25
2.45
Drilling template for compartment door
116
4.57
77.75
3.06
Escutcheon for compartment door
with escutcheon
without escutcheon
Drilling template for mounting plate
70
2.76
118.5
4.67
35
1.38
237
9.33
237
9.33
140
5.51
5.5 - M5
Ø 0.22
118.5
4.67
5.5 - M5
Ø 0.22
3 Poles
4 Poles
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
129
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 86 - Cat. No. 140G-M-ECM Terminals
MA X 40
MIN5 MAX10
120.5
4.74
MAX 12
23
0.9
±0 .1
18 MIN
22.5
0.89
6.5
Ø 0.26
Figure 87 - Cat. No. 140G-M-TLA23, -TLA24, -TLC23, -TLC24 Terminals
70
2.76
70
2.76
20
0.79
59
2.32
25.5
1
19
Ø 0.75
120.5
4.74
134
5.28
39
1.53
70
2.76
Figure 88 - Cat. Nos. 140G-M-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Terminals
70
2.76
70
2.76
50
1.97
70
2.76
14
0.55
8
0.31
134
5.28
167.5
6.59
53.5
2.11
33.5
1.32
Figure 89 - Cat. Nos. 140G-M-EXSLI3, -EXSLO3, -EXS4 Spreader Terminals
116
4.57
116
4.57
88
3.46
88
3.46
23
0.9
45
1.77
45
1.77
88
3.46
45
1.77
90
3.54
13
Ø 0.51
116
4.57
116
4.57
88
3.46
23
0.9
45
1.77
90
3.54
13
Ø 0.51
50
1.97
130
134
5.28
134
5.28
230.5
9.07
116.5
4.59
90
3.54
45
1.77
116
4.57
116.5
4.59
45
1.77
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
8
0.31
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 90 - Cat. No. 140G-M-RMB, -RMY Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism — Door Mounted
190
7.48
146.5
5.77
103.5
4.07
140
5.51
5.5
0.22
Ø4
Ø 0.16
33
1.3
5.5
0.22
42.5
1.67
84.5
3.33
140
5.51
5.5
0.22
2.7
0.11
≥3
≥ 0.12
140.5
5.53
≤2
≤ 0.08
2.7
0.11
41.5
1.63
★Rotary handle operating mechanism on molded case circuit breaker
‡ Padlock device for open position (max. 3 padlocks; user provided)
§ Dimension with cabled early make contact
♣ Compartment door lock
Figure 91 - Drilling Templates for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
Escutcheon for compartment door
Drilling template for compartment door
43
1.69
14
0.55
142
5.59
85.5
3.37
96.5
3.8
14
0.55
96.5
3.8
43
1.69
151
5.94
90
3.54
100.25
3.95
173
6.81
152
5.98
148.5
5.85
142
5.59
R min. 200
R min. 7.87
R min. 200
R min. 7.87
with escutcheon
without escutcheon
Figure 92 - 140G-K-RVM… Minimum/Maximum Enclosure Depth (for M-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers)
Enclosure Depth
Minimum
1
12 in. Shaft
21 in. Shaft
12 in. Shaft w/NFPA
22 in. Shaft w/NFPA
9 in. (229 mm)
11 in. (280 mm)
Maximum
17.75 in. (450 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
17.75 in. (450 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
Note: this figure depicts the minimum and maximum enclosure sizes that will
accommodate the MCCB, operator, and handle. See Figure 80 for overall dimensions and
handle cutout.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
131
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 93 - Cat. No. 140G-M-RVM… Variable Depth Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism
3.80
[96.5]
8.74
[221.9]
12 in. shaft: 17.75 [450.8]
22 in. shaft: 26.75 [679.4]
0.24
[6.1]
0.03
[0.7]
1.38
[35.0]
1.68
[42.6]
2.90
[73.8]
2.99
[75.9]
1.79
[45.6]
10.55
[268.0]
1.68
[42.6]
10.55
[268.0]
10.98
[279.0]
8.23
[209.0]
3-Pole
4-Pole
75
(2.95)
37.5
(1.47)
mm
(in.)
37.5
(1.47)
65 ø
(2.56 ø)
75
(2.95)
4 - 5.5 ø
(4) - 0.22 ø)
132
Front of Cover
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 94 - Cat. No. 140G-M-EOP, -ECOP Motor Operator
1.1 Nm
5.5
0.22
140
= 5.51 =
191.5
7.54
140
5.51
70
2.76
5.5
0.22
5.5
0.22
3
0.12
222
8.74
233
9.17
2
0.08
★Overall dimension with optional shunt trip or undervoltage relay installed.
‡ Overall dimension with optional auxiliary contacts installed.
Figure 95 - Drilling Templates for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
Escutcheon for compartment door
Drilling template for compartment door
148.5
= 5.85 =
142
= 5.59 =
142
5.59
71.25
2.8
151
5.94
75.75
2.98
173
6.81
86.5
3.4
152
= 5.98 =
R min. 200
R min. 7.87
with escutcheon
R min. 200
R min. 7.87
without escutcheon
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
133
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 96 - M-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator, Right Hand
9.12 dia.
(Ø 0.359)
4 mounting holes
127.0
(5.00)
111.25
(4.38)
211.33
(8.32)
342.90
(13.50)
371.35
(14.62)
490.98
(19.33)
24.64
(0.97)
257.81
(10.15)
17.53
(0.69)
159.77
(6.29)
29.5
(1.16)
303.0
(11.93)
Enclosure Flange
66.8
(2.63)
137.67
(5.42)
119.13
(4.69)
11.17
(0.44)
40.13
(1.58)
47.75
(1.88)
134
311.15
(12.25)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 97 - M-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator, Left Hand (requires 140G-BML, sold separately)
111.25
(4.38)
127
(5.00)
9.12 dia.
(Ø 0.359)
4 mounting holes
211.33
(8.32)
342.9
(13.50)
371.34
(14.62)
491
(19.33)
24.64
(0.97)
159.77
(6.29)
28.45
(1.12)
127
(5.00)
257.81
(10.15)
290.32
(11.43)
17.53
(0.69)
Enclosure Flange
66.8
(2.63)
137.67
(5.42)
119.13
(4.69)
11.17
(0.44)
40.13
(1.58)
47.75
(1.88)
311.15
(12.25)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
135
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G/MG N-Frame
Figure 98 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
103.6
4.08
70
2.76
10
0.39
10
0.39
24
0.94
6
0.24
105
4.13
204
8.03
268
10.55
18.75
0.74
14.5
0.58
125
4.92
97
3.82
10
0.39
102
4.02
70
2.76
134
5.28
147.5
5.81
70
2.76
50
1.97
25
0.98
3
0.12
210
8.27
154.25
6.07
160
6.3
152
5.98
225
8.86
125
4.92
280
11.02
190
7.48
206
8.11
★ End cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
‡ Busbars.
§ Door escutcheon.
Δ Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
♠ Padlock (optional).
 Tightening torque: 2.5 N•m.
& Terminal for customer wiring connection.
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
136
A
125…141
147
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
2
0.08
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 99 - Drilling Templates for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
Escutcheon for compartment door
241
9.49
226
8.9
268
10.55
208
8.19
206
8.11
103
4.05
144.5
5.69
144.5
5.69
151
5.94
263
10.35
304
11.97
152
5.98
Door escutcheon
Front 206 x 204
Ø 4 n°7 HOLES
Ø 0.16
with escutcheon
2
0.08
35
1.38
No. of Poles
3
4
C
70
140
245
9.65
155
6.1
122.5
4.82
Drilling template for mounting plate
Ø 5.5 - M5
Ø 0.22
Figure 100 - 140G-N-RVM... Minimum/Maximum Enclosure Depth
Enclosure Depth
Minimum
1
12 in. Shaft
21 in. Shaft
7.75 in. (196 mm)
Maximum
17.75 in. (450 mm)
26.75 in. (679 mm)
Note: this figure depicts the minimum and maximum enclosure sizes that will
accommodate the MCCB, operator, and handle. See Figure 101 for operator dimensions.
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
137
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 101 - Cat. No. 140G-N-RVM… Variable Depth Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism
3.82
[97.0]
10.75
[273.0]
12 in. shaft: 17.75 [450.8]
22 in. shaft: 26.75 [679.4]
0.93
[23.6]
1.73
[44.0]
1.38
[35.0]
4.82
[122.5]
2.41
[61.1]
4.83
[122.6]
10.55
[268.0]
10.55
[268.0]
0.83
[21.0]
0.83
[221.1]
8.27
[210.0]
11.02
[280.0]
3-Pole
4-Pole
75
(2.95)
37.5
(1.47)
mm
(in.)
37.5
(1.47)
65 ø
(2.56 ø)
75
(2.95)
4 - 5.5 ø
(4) - 0.22 ø)
138
Front of Cover
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 102 - Cat. Nos. 140G-N-TLH3, -TLV3, TLH4, TLV4 Terminals
109
4.29
218
8.58
18.5
0.73
70
2.76
44
1.73
70
2.76
25
0.98
1
Ø1 3
.4
Ø0
46.5
1.84
59
2.32
46.5
1.84
70
2.76
Ø
Ø 11
0 .4
3
25
0.98
15
0.59
237
9.34
273
10.75
118.5
4.66
44
1.73
59
2.32
15
0.59
70
2.76
70
2.76
70
2.76
Drilling template for mounting plate
35
1.38
52.5
2.07
122.5
4.82
245
9.65
8
0.31
39.75
1.56
61.25
2.41
17.5
0.69
Ø 5.5 - M5
Ø 0.22
★ Rear horizontal terminals
‡ Rear vertical terminals
♠ Tightening torque: 20 N•m
No. of Poles
3
4
B
70
140
C
192.5
262.5
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
139
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 103 - Cat. No. 140G-N-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Front Terminals
320
12.6
25
0.98
70
2.76
Y
125
70 4.92
2.76
44
1.73
100
3.94
29.5
29.5
15
0.59
1
Ø 11
Ø 0.43
79
3.11
118.5
4.66
250
9.84
12.5
0.49
160.5
6.32
199.5
7.85
229
9.02
25
0.98
70
2.76
250
9.84
X
X
X
X
★ Extended terminals.
 Required 100 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
♠ Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
& Required insulator panel, supplied with extenders.
Figure 104 - Cat. Nos. 140G-N-EXSL13 Top (3-Pole), 140G-N-EXS4 (4-Pole) Rear Spread Terminals (IEC only)
116 / 4.57
116
90 / 3.54
90 / 3.54
/ 4.57
Ø
Ø 0 13
.51
100
116 / 4.57
40.5
90 / 3.54
45
1.77
33
1.3
45
1.77
79
3.11
15
334
79
3.11
100
3.94
23
0.91
144
5.67
189
7.44
45
1.77
45
1.77
258
10.16
~200
~10.16
23
100
3.94
118.5
147.5
5.81
55
2.17
268
10.55
134
5.28
Escutcheon
X
‡ Extended spread terminals.
# Required 200 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
♠ Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
§ Terminal for auxiliary contacts.
& Required insulator panel, supplied with extenders.
140
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
X
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 105 - Cat. No. 140G-N-RMB, -RMY Rotary Handle Operating Mechanism
280
11.02
210
8.27
70
70
70
70
97
3.82
134
5.28
147.5
5.81
70
70
125
4.92
6
0.24
33
1.30
2
0.08
2
0.08
2
0.08
154
6.06
152
5.98
189.5
7.46
184
7.24
105
4.13
18.75
0.74
268
10.55
204
8.03
43.5
1.71
102
4.01
103.6
4.08
190
7.48
206
8.11
★Rotary handle operating mechanism on molded case circuit breaker.
‡ Compartment door interlock.
§ Door escutcheon.
♦ Tightening torque: 2.5 N•m.
♠ Terminal for customer wiring connection.
 Reduced flange of rotary handle for door (optional).
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
A
125…141
147
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
141
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 106 - Cat. No. 140G-N-TLA43, -TLA44, -TLC43, -TLC44 Terminals
320
12.6
70
2.76
250
9.84
70
2.76
70
2.76
34.75
0.52
1
0.04
28
1.1
66.25
2.61
79
3.11
202
7.95
150
5.9
Y
101
3.98
125
4.92
X
X
Y
Y
X
Ø 21.5
Ø 0.85
★ Terminals for cable connection.
‡ Tightening torque: 43 N•m.
♠ Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
 Required insulator panel, supplied with extenders.
142
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
X
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 107 - N-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator, Right Hand
4.38
9.12 dia.
(Ø 0.359)
4 mounting holes
127
(5.00)
211.33
(8.32)
499.11
(19.65)
371.34
(14.62)
342.9
(13.50)
55.12
(2.17)
25.65
(1.01)
257.81
(10.15)
215.9
(8.50)
299.21
(11.78)
17.53
(0.69)
Enclosure Flange
137.67
(5.42)
119.13
(4.69)
11.17
(0.44)
40.13
(1.58)
47.75
(1.88)
311.15
(12.25)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
143
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 108 - N-Frame Flex Cable Operator and Actuator, Left Hand (requires 140G-BML, sold separately)
127
(5.00)
111.25
(4.38)
9.12 dia.
(Ø 0.359)
4 mounting holes
211.33
(8.32)
499.11
371.34 (19.65)
(14.62)
342.9
(13.50)
55.12
(2.17)
127
(5.00)
215.9
(8.50)
28.19
(1.11)
17.53
(0.69)
257.81
(10.15)
290.32
(11.43)
Enclosure Flange
137.67
(5.42)
119.13
(4.69)
11.17
(0.44)
144
311.15
(12.25)
40.13
(1.58)
47.75
(1.88)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G NS-Frame
Figure 109 - Panel Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breaker
125
4.92
97
3.82
50
1.97
10
0.39
103.6
4.08
6
0.24
24
0.94
10
0.39
10
0.39
14.5
0.58
≥3
≥ 0.12
210
8.27
193.5
7.62
2
0.079
175
6.89
178
7.01
125
4.92
280
11.02
204
8.03
268
10.55
237
9.34
102
4.02
70
2.76
134
5.28
147.5
5.81
70
2.76
118.5
4.66
25
0.98
70
2.76
190
7.48
206
8.11
★ End Cap terminals for ring or busbar connection.
‡ Busbars.
§ Door escutcheon.
♦Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
 Padlock (optional).
& Tightening torque: 2.5 N•m.
 Terminals for cable connection.
Description
With escutcheon
Without escutcheon
A
125…184 (4.92…7.24)
170 (6.7)
Description
Standard
B
208 (8.19)
No. of Poles
C
3
70 (2.76)
4
140 (5.51)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
145
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 110 - Drilling Templates for Molded Case Circuit Breaker Mounting
Ø 4 n°7 HOLES
Ø 0.16
241
9.49
226
8.9
268
10.55
206
8.11
Ø 5.5 - M5
Ø 0.22
Drilling template for compartment door
Drilling template for mounting plate
Escutcheon for compartment door
§ Door escutcheon
# Compartment door with escutcheon
★Compartment door without escutcheon
Figure 111 - Cat. Nos. 140G-N-TLA63, -TLA64, -TLC63, -TLC64 Terminals
320
12.6
70
2.76
70
2.76
250
9.84
70
2.76
125
4.92
34.75
1.37
1
0.04
101
3.98
66.25
2.61
79
3.11
202
7.95
150
5.9
28
1.1
Ø 21.5
Ø 0.85
★ Terminals for cable connection.
‡ Tightening torque: 43 N•m.
♠ Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
 Required insulator panel, supplied terminals.
146
35
1.38
245
9.65
304
11.97
103
4.05
263
10.35
151
5.94
144.5
5.69
144.5
5.69
152
5.98
122.5
4.82
208
8.19
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 112 - Cat. Nos. 140G-N-TLV3, -TLV4, -TLH3, -TLH4 Rear Terminals
59
2.32
X
109
4.29
X
X
218
8.58
X
237
9.34
273
10.75
118.5
4.66
44
1.73
Y
X
X
25
0.98
15
0.59
18.5
0.73
Y
70
2.76
44
1.73
70
2.76
25
0.98
46.5
1.84
59
2.32
1
Ø1 3
.4
Ø0
46.5
1.84
70
2.76
Ø 11
Ø 0.43
Y
70
2.76
70
2.76
Y
70
2.76
15
0.59
★Rear horizontal terminals
‡ Rear vertical terminals
♠ Tightening torque: 20 N•m
Figure 113 - Drilling template for mounting plate
C
X
X
17.5
0.69
Ø 5.5 - M5
Ø 0.22
52.5
2.07
245
9.65
122.5
4.82
8
0.31
Y
39.75
1.56
61.25
2.41
R 10
No. of Poles
3
4
B
70 (2.76)
140 (5.51)
C
192.5 (7.58)
262.5 (10.33)
Y
B
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
147
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 114 - Cat. No. 140G-N-EXSLI3, -EXSL03, -EXS4 Extended Front Spreader Terminals (IEC only)
320
12.6
250
9.84
116
4.57
45
1.77
116
4.57
116
4.57
90
3.54
90
3.54
90
3.54
23
0.9
90
3.54
45
1.77
45
1.77
45
1.77
100
3.94
40.5
1.59
Ø 13
Ø 0.51
15
0.59
79
3.11
79
3.11
118.5
4.66
229
9.02
258
10.16
79
3.11
278
10.94
334
13.15
33
1.3
★ Extended spread terminals.
‡ Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
§ Required 200 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
Δ Required insulator panel, supplied with spreaders.
Figure 115 - Cat. Nos. 140G-N-EXT3, -EXT4 Extended Front Terminals (IEC only)
320
12.6
250
9.84
90
3.54
90
3.54
45
1.77
116
4.57
116
4.57
45
1.77
90
3.54
23
0.9
90
3.54
45
1.77
45
1.77
100
3.94
40.5
1.59
Ø 13
Ø 0.51
15
0.59
278
10.94
229
9.02
258
10.16
79
3.11
79
3.11
79
3.11
334
13.15
33
1.3
118.5
4.66
116
4.57
‡ Tightening torque: 18 N•m.
♣Required insulator panel, supplied with extended Terminals.
Δ Extended terminals.
♦ Required 100 mm insulating phase barriers provided.
♠ Terminal for customer wiring connection.
148
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 140G R-Frame
Panel Mounted Breakers
Figure 116 - 2000 A (80/100%)…2500 A (80%) Breakers
Figure 117 - Drilling Templates
Mounting Plate (4 Poles)
Mounting Plate (3 Poles)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
149
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 118 - Version with Vertical Rear Terminals, 2500 A (100% rated)/3000 A (80% rated)
554
(21.81)
20
(0.79)
428
(16.85)
214
(8.43)
340
(13.39)
90
(3.54)
210
(8.27)
41.3
(1.63)
19.4
(0.76)
100
(3.94)
70
(2.76)
20
(0.79)
N
382
(15.04)
88.4
(3.48)
68.4
(2.69)
13 TYP
(0.512)
410
(16.14)
536
(21.1)
331
(13.03)
120
(4.72)
6.4
(0.25)
120
(4.72)
6
(0.24)
43.1
(1.69)
120
(4.72)
43.1
(1.69)
6
(0.24)
95
(3.74)
162
(6.38)
N
225
(8.86)
284.5
(11.2)
272
(10.71)
515
(20.28)
20
(0.79)
331
(13.03)
112
(4.41)
150
95
(3.74)
188.5
(7.42)
284.5
(11.2)
272
(10.71)
191.2
(7.53)
383.4
(15.1)
508.7
(20.03)
20
(0.79)
120
(4.72)
162
(6.38)
317.5
(12.5)
162
(6.38)
231
(9.09)
383
(15.08)
205
(8.07)
132
(5.2)
6.4
(0.25)
8xØ9
(0.35)
536
(21.1)
383
(15.08)
151
(5.94)
191.5
(7.54)
151
(5.94)
20
(0.79)
205
(8.07)
155.5
(6.12)
153.9
(6.06)
2
151
(5.94)
410
(16.14)
112
(4.41)
162
(6.38)
20
(0.79)
44.45
(1.75)
281
(11.06)
112
(4.41)
382
(15.04)
20
(0.79)
188.5
225 (7.42)
(8.86)
25.4
(1)
8xØ9
(0.35)
155.5
(6.12)
2
153.9
(6.06)
151
(5.94)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
162
(6.38)
100
(3.94)
279.4
(11)
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 119 - 3000 A Breakers (100% rated)
Figure 120 - Drilling Templates
Mounting Plate (4 Poles)
Mounting Plate (3 Poles)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Compartment Door
151
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 121 - Cat. No. 140G-R-TLV3, -TLV4 Terminals, 2000 A (80/100%)…2500 A (80%)
152
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Approximate Dimensions
Bulletin 1494V Variable Depth, Flange-Operated
Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms
Dimensions are in inches (mm). Dimensions are not to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Figure 122 - Enclosure with Handle Cutout
CC1
BB
AA
EE
DD
CC2
140G/MG Frame Size
G, H, I, J
K
M, N
AA
5/16 (7.94)
29/64 (11.51)
4-1/2 (114.3)
BB
1-41/64 (41.67)
1-47/64 (44.05)
4-1/32 (102.4)
CC1
3 (76.2)
4 (101.6)
5 (127)
CC2
3-1/2 (88.9)
4-1/2 (114.3)
5 (127)
DD
7-1/2 (190.5)
9-5/16 (236.54)
13-1/2 (342.9)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
EE Wire Bending Space
6 (152.4)
12 (304.8)
12 (304.8)
153
Approximate Dimensions
Figure 123 - Enclosure without Handle Cutout
C
C
B
B
two 0.265 in.
(6.73 mm)
diameter holes
E
Door Catch
Mounting
Bracket
H
E
square corners or
0.25 in.
(6.35 mm) radius
Door Catch
Mounting
Bracket
G
J
D
F
Handle Cat.
No.
M
1494F-M2
(Figure B)
N
154
1494F-M1
(Figure A)
A (min)
0.25 in
(6.35 mm)
To make slot, drill three 0.5 in.
(12.7 mm) holes and remove
burrs
B (Min)
3-1/2 (88.9) 29/32 (23.01)
10-29/32 (277) 29/32 (23.01)
13-3/32 (332.6) 29/32 (23.01)
17-5/16
1-3/8 (34.9)
(439.74)
21-7/8 (555.63) 1-3/8 (34.9)
F
H
H
140G/MG
Frame Size
H
J
K
G
0.5 in
(12.7 mm)
D
Figure A
two 0.328 in.
(8.33 mm)
diameter holes
A
A
Figure B
C (Max)
D
E
F
1-3/32 (27.8)
1-3/32 (27.8)
1-3/32 (27.8)
1-5/8 (41.3)
1-5/8 (41.3)
1-5/8 (41.3)
1-3/32 (27.8)
2 (50.8)
3-23/32 (94.5)
6-1/2 (165.1)
1-3/32 (27.8)
2 (50.8)
3-23/32 (94.5)
6-1/2 (165.1)
G
H
J
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
7/8 (22.23)
7/8 (22.23)
7/8 (22.23)
5/16 (7.94)
5-1/2 (139.7)
—
5/16 (7.94)
5-1/2 (139.7)
—
2-11/32 (59.5) 4-11/16 (119.1) 1-9/16 (39.7)
2-11/32 (59.5) 4-11/16 (119.1) 1-9/16 (39.7)
2-11/32 (59.5) 4-11/16 (119.1) 1-9/16 (39.7)
Rockwell Automation Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Allen-Bradley, ProposalWorks, Rockwell Software, Rockwell Automation, and LISTEN. THINK. SOLVE are trademarks of Rockwell Automation, Inc.
Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies.
Publication 140G-SG001D-EN-P - April 2016
Supersedes Publication 140G-SG001C-EN-P - January 2014
Copyright © 2016 Rockwell Automation, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the U.S.A.